1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
54 #include "exceptions.h"
60 #include "xml-syscall.h"
61 #include "parser-defs.h"
62 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
65 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "dummy-frame.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
84 enum exception_event_kind
91 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
107 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
113 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
114 struct linespec_result
*,
118 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
119 struct linespec_result
*,
120 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
121 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
124 int, int, int, unsigned);
126 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
127 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
129 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
135 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
139 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
142 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
143 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
145 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
148 struct symtab_and_line
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
152 static struct breakpoint
*
153 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
169 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
200 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
212 int *other_type_used
);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space
*aspace
,
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
238 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
240 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
241 insert locations now. */
242 enum ugll_insert_mode
244 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
245 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
246 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
247 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
248 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
249 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
250 returns true on them.
252 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
253 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
254 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
255 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
256 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
257 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
261 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
262 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
267 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
268 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
269 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
270 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
271 as no thread is running yet. */
275 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
277 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
279 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
281 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
283 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
285 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
287 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
293 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
295 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
297 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
299 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
301 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
304 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
306 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
308 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
311 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
312 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
319 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
321 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
322 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
324 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
326 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
328 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
329 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
331 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
332 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
334 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
337 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
338 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
340 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
341 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
342 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
343 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
344 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
345 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
347 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
348 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
349 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
350 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
356 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
358 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
359 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
360 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
361 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
363 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
365 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
366 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
367 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
368 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
369 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
370 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
371 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
373 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
375 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
377 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
379 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
380 breakpoints share a single command list. */
381 struct counted_command_line
383 /* The reference count. */
386 /* The command list. */
387 struct command_line
*commands
;
390 struct command_line
*
391 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
393 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
396 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
397 current breakpoint. */
399 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
402 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
404 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
405 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
407 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
409 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
412 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
413 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
414 if such is available. */
415 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
418 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
422 fprintf_filtered (file
,
423 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
424 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
428 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
429 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
430 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
431 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
432 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
434 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
440 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
445 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
446 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
447 use hardware breakpoints. */
448 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
450 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
451 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
454 fprintf_filtered (file
,
455 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
459 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
460 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
461 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
462 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
463 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
464 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
465 processing user input. */
466 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
469 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
470 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
472 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
476 /* See breakpoint.h. */
479 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
481 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
483 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
484 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
485 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
488 else if (target_has_execution
)
490 if (always_inserted_mode
)
492 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
497 if (threads_are_executing ())
503 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
505 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
506 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
507 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
508 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
509 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
510 condition_evaluation_auto
,
511 condition_evaluation_host
,
512 condition_evaluation_target
,
516 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
517 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
519 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
520 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
521 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
523 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
524 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
525 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
529 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
531 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
533 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
534 return condition_evaluation_target
;
536 return condition_evaluation_host
;
542 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
545 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
547 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
550 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
554 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
556 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
558 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
561 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
563 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
564 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
566 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
567 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
569 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
570 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
572 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
573 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
574 current breakpoint. */
576 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
578 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
579 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
580 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
583 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
584 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
585 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
587 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
588 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
589 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
592 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
593 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
594 to where the loop should start from.
595 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
596 appropriate location to start with. */
598 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
599 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
600 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
602 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
603 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
606 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
608 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
609 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
610 if (is_tracepoint (B))
612 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
614 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
616 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
618 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
620 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
622 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
624 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
625 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
626 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
627 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
628 an address you need to read. */
630 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
632 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
633 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
634 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
635 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
636 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
638 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
640 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
641 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
643 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
645 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
647 static int breakpoint_count
;
649 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
650 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
651 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
652 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
653 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
655 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
657 static int tracepoint_count
;
659 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
660 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
661 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
663 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
665 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
667 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
670 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
673 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
675 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
676 breakpoint_count
= num
;
677 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
680 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
681 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
682 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
684 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
688 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
690 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
693 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
697 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
699 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
702 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
705 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
707 struct breakpoint
*b
;
713 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
714 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
716 static struct counted_command_line
*
717 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
719 struct counted_command_line
*result
720 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
723 result
->commands
= commands
;
727 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
730 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
736 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
737 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
738 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
741 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
745 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
747 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
754 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
757 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
759 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
762 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
765 static struct cleanup
*
766 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
768 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
772 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
773 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
776 get_breakpoint (int num
)
778 struct breakpoint
*b
;
781 if (b
->number
== num
)
789 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
790 evaluating conditions on its side. */
793 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
795 struct bp_location
*loc
;
797 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
798 evaluating conditions and if the user has
799 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
801 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
802 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
805 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
808 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
809 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
812 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
813 evaluating conditions on its side. */
816 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
818 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
819 evaluating conditions and if the user has
820 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
822 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
823 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
827 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
830 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
833 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
834 condition_evaluation_mode. */
837 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
838 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
840 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
842 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
843 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
845 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
846 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
847 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
851 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
852 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
854 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
855 settings was "auto". */
856 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
858 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
859 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
861 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
862 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
863 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
865 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
866 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
869 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
871 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
873 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
874 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
878 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
879 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
880 target knows about. */
881 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
882 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
883 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
887 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
893 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
894 what "auto" is translating to. */
897 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
898 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
900 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
901 fprintf_filtered (file
,
902 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
903 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
905 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
907 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
911 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
912 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
913 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
916 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
918 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
919 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
921 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
924 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
927 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
928 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
929 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
932 static struct bp_location
**
933 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
935 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
936 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
937 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
939 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
940 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
941 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
943 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
944 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
945 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
946 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
948 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
949 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
952 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
953 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
954 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
955 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
962 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
965 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
966 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
968 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
970 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
977 struct bp_location
*loc
;
979 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
984 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
985 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
986 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
993 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
997 const char *arg
= exp
;
999 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1000 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1001 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1002 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1004 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1006 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1008 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1010 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1012 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1013 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1017 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1019 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1023 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1024 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1026 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1030 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1032 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1035 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1037 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1038 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1039 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1043 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1044 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1048 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1049 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1053 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1054 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1056 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1059 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1060 len
= strlen (text
);
1066 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1068 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1069 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1075 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1076 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1077 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1080 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1083 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1085 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1090 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1093 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1095 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1098 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1100 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1101 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1102 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1103 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1104 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1106 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1108 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1109 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1110 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1112 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1114 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1115 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1120 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1123 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1124 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1125 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1128 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1130 struct command_line
*c
;
1132 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1136 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1137 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1138 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1140 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1143 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1144 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1145 command directly. */
1146 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1147 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1149 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1150 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1154 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1157 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1159 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1160 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1161 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1165 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1167 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1170 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1171 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1175 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1176 struct command_line
*commands
)
1178 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1180 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1181 struct command_line
*c
;
1182 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1184 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1185 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1189 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1190 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1191 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1192 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1193 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1194 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1195 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1196 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1197 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1198 tracepoint's context. */
1199 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1201 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1203 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1204 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1205 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1206 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1207 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1208 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1211 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1212 "can be used only once"));
1217 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1221 struct command_line
*c2
;
1223 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1224 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1225 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1227 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1228 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1234 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1238 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1239 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1242 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1244 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1245 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1246 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1249 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1251 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1252 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1253 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1259 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1260 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1263 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1264 struct command_line
*commands
)
1266 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1268 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1269 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1270 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1273 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1274 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1278 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1280 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1283 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1284 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1287 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1288 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1291 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1293 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1296 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1297 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1300 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1301 breakpoint work for any task. */
1304 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1306 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1309 if (old_task
!= task
)
1310 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1314 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1316 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1318 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1321 /* A structure used to pass information through
1322 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1324 struct commands_info
1326 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1329 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1332 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1333 already-parsed command. */
1334 struct command_line
*control
;
1336 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1338 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1341 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1342 commands_command. */
1345 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1347 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1349 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1351 struct command_line
*l
;
1353 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1354 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1357 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1360 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1361 "%s, one per line."),
1364 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1366 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1369 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1372 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1375 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1378 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1380 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1382 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1383 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1384 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1385 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1386 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1391 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1392 struct command_line
*control
)
1394 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1395 struct commands_info info
;
1397 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1398 info
.control
= control
;
1400 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1401 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1402 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1404 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1406 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1407 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1409 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1410 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1413 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1414 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1415 numbers will fail in this case. */
1420 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1422 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1425 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1429 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1431 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1432 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1434 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1438 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1440 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1443 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1444 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1446 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1447 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1448 enum command_control_type
1449 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1451 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1452 return simple_control
;
1455 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1458 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1460 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1464 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1465 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1470 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1471 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1474 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1475 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1476 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1479 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1480 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1481 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1482 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1483 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1485 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1486 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1490 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1491 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1493 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1497 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1499 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1500 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1502 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1504 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1509 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1511 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1516 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1517 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1519 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1520 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1521 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1525 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1527 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1528 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1531 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1533 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1534 shadow_contents buffer. */
1535 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1536 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1537 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1539 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1541 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1542 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1546 const unsigned char *bp
;
1547 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1548 int placed_size
= target_info
->placed_size
;
1550 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1551 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1552 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1554 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1556 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1558 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1559 breakpoint's INSN. */
1560 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1564 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1565 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1567 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1568 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1569 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1571 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1572 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1573 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1574 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1575 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1576 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1577 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1578 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1580 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1583 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1584 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1585 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1587 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1589 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1592 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1593 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1594 report higher one. */
1597 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1598 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1600 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1602 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1603 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1605 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1606 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1607 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1608 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1610 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1611 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1612 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1614 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1616 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1623 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1624 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1625 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1626 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1627 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1630 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1632 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1633 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1634 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1637 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1640 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1642 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1644 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1645 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1649 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1650 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1651 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1654 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1657 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1658 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1659 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1662 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1665 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1666 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1669 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1670 bp_location array. */
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
1673 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
1677 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= single_step_gdbarch
[i
];
1679 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1680 memaddr
, len
, bp_tgt
, gdbarch
);
1687 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1691 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1693 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1694 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1695 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1698 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1701 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1703 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1704 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1705 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1708 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1712 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1714 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1715 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1718 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1719 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1720 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1721 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1722 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1723 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1724 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1725 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1728 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1730 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1731 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1732 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1733 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1736 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1737 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1740 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1742 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1744 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1746 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1747 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1748 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1749 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1750 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1752 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1755 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1758 static struct value
*
1759 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1761 struct value
*bit_val
;
1766 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1768 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1771 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1778 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1779 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1780 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1781 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1783 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1785 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1786 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1789 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1790 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1791 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1792 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1793 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1794 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1795 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1796 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1798 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1799 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1800 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1801 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1802 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1803 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1804 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1805 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1808 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1809 hardware watchpoints:
1811 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1812 called several times when GDB stops.
1815 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1816 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1817 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1818 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1819 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1820 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1821 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1822 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1823 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1824 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1825 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1827 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1828 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1831 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1833 int within_current_scope
;
1834 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1837 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1838 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1839 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1840 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1843 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1848 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1849 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1850 within_current_scope
= 1;
1853 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1854 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1855 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1857 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1858 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1859 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1860 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1863 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1864 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1865 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1866 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1869 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1871 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1872 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1873 if (within_current_scope
)
1877 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1878 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1879 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1882 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1891 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1892 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1893 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1894 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1895 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1896 be completely different objects. */
1897 value_free (b
->val
);
1901 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1902 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1903 locations (re)created below. */
1904 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1906 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1908 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1912 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1913 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1917 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1918 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1919 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1920 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1921 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1922 if (!target_has_execution
)
1924 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1925 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1926 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1927 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1929 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1930 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1932 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1933 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1936 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1939 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1940 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1942 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1944 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1945 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1946 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1947 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1948 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1950 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1952 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1954 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1962 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1964 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1965 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1967 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1968 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1969 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1970 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1971 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1972 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1973 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1975 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1977 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1978 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1979 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1981 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1982 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1986 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1987 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1989 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1991 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1993 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1994 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1996 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1998 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1999 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2000 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2001 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2002 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2005 addr
= value_address (v
);
2008 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2013 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2015 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2018 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2019 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2022 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2024 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2025 loc
->address
= addr
;
2029 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2030 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2033 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2035 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2040 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2041 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2042 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2047 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2048 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2050 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2054 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2057 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2058 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2059 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2061 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2062 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2063 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2064 this watchpoint in as well. */
2066 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2067 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2068 hardware watchpoint type. */
2069 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2070 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2071 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2073 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2074 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2075 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2076 through watch_command), so always account for it
2079 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2080 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2082 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2083 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2086 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2087 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2089 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2091 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2092 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2093 "hardware watchpoint."));
2094 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2095 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2096 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2098 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2099 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2103 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2104 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2105 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2107 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2110 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2112 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2113 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2114 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2116 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2117 "read/access watchpoint."));
2120 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2122 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2123 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2124 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2125 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2128 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2130 next
= value_next (v
);
2135 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2136 above left it without any location set up. But,
2137 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2138 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2139 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2141 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2142 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2143 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2144 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2145 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2146 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2149 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2151 printf_filtered (_("\
2152 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2153 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2155 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2158 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2160 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2164 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2165 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2166 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2167 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2168 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2170 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2172 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2175 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2178 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2181 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2184 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2185 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2186 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2187 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2188 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2189 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2190 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2191 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2192 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2195 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2197 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2198 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2199 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2204 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2205 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2206 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2207 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2215 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2216 that the location is not duplicated. */
2219 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2222 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2225 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2226 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2230 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2231 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2232 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2233 any error during parsing. */
2235 static struct agent_expr
*
2236 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2238 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2239 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2244 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2245 that may show up. */
2246 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2248 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2253 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2254 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2255 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2259 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2263 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2264 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2265 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2266 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2267 one of them is true. */
2270 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2272 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2273 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2274 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2275 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2277 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2278 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2280 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2281 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2282 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2284 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2285 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2300 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2302 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2307 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2309 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2310 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2316 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2317 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2318 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2320 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2326 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2327 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2328 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2330 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2331 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2332 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2334 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2337 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2339 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2341 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2344 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2345 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2350 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2351 for this location's address. */
2352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2356 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2357 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2358 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2360 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2361 conditions to the target. */
2362 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2363 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2369 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2370 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2371 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2373 static struct agent_expr
*
2374 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2376 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2377 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2378 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2379 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2380 const char *cmdrest
;
2381 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2382 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2384 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2391 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2393 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2395 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2396 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2398 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2400 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2402 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2404 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2406 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2407 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2409 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2411 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2412 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2414 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2416 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2418 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2420 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2421 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2424 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2429 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2430 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2432 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2436 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2437 that may show up. */
2438 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2440 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2441 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2442 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2445 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2449 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2450 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2451 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2455 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2459 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2460 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2461 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2464 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2466 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2467 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2468 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2469 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2471 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2472 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2474 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2477 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2478 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2481 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2482 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2483 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2485 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2488 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2489 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2490 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2494 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2495 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2496 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2497 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2498 response back to GDB. */
2499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2502 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2506 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2508 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2509 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2510 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2511 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2512 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2513 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2514 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2520 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2521 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2522 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2524 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2530 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2532 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2534 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2537 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2538 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2540 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2542 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2545 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2546 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2551 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2552 for this location's address. */
2553 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2556 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2557 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2558 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2559 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2561 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2562 to send the commands to the target. */
2563 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2567 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2568 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2569 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2570 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2573 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2574 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2575 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2576 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2579 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2580 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2582 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2583 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2584 int *disabled_breaks
,
2585 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2586 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2588 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2589 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2590 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2592 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2595 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2596 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2597 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2598 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2599 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2600 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2601 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2602 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2603 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2604 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2605 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2606 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2608 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2609 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2610 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2611 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2613 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2615 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2616 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2617 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2618 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2621 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2622 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2624 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2626 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2627 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2628 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2630 Two important cases are:
2631 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2632 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2633 hardware breakpoint.
2634 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2635 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2636 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2639 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2640 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2641 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2642 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2644 struct mem_region
*mr
2645 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2649 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2651 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2653 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2654 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2656 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2658 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2660 static int said
= 0;
2662 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2665 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2666 _("Note: automatically using "
2667 "hardware breakpoints for "
2668 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2673 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2674 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2677 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2678 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2679 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2681 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2687 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2688 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2689 || bl
->section
== NULL
2690 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2692 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2693 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2697 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2699 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2704 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2709 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2710 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2711 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2713 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2714 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2715 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2716 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2717 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2721 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2723 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2724 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2725 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2727 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2728 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2732 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2733 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2735 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2740 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2743 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2744 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2745 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2746 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2750 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2751 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2753 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2754 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2758 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2760 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2765 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2770 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2771 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2776 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2778 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2780 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2781 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2782 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2783 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2784 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2785 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2786 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2787 errors as memory errors. */
2788 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2789 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2790 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2791 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2794 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2795 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2797 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2799 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2800 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2802 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2803 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2804 "library breakpoints:\n");
2806 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2808 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2813 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2815 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2816 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2817 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2818 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2819 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2820 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2825 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2828 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2829 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2830 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2833 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2835 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2836 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2840 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2841 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2856 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2857 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2858 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2859 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2863 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2864 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2866 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2868 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2869 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2870 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2872 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2874 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2875 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2877 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2879 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2880 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2884 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2885 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2892 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2893 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2896 /* Back to the original value. */
2897 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2901 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2904 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2908 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2909 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2911 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2914 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2918 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2919 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2921 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2924 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2926 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2927 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2928 so just return success. */
2935 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2936 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2940 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2942 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2943 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2945 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2948 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2949 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2952 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2953 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2954 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2956 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2958 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2960 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2961 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2962 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2964 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2965 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2967 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2973 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2974 removed locations above. */
2975 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2978 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2979 Throws exception on any error.
2980 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2981 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2983 insert_breakpoints (void)
2985 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2988 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2990 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2992 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2995 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2996 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2997 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2998 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3001 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3004 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3006 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3008 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3010 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3014 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3015 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3016 always-inserted mode. */
3019 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3021 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3024 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3025 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3026 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3028 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3029 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3031 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3032 there was an error. */
3033 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3035 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3037 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3039 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3041 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3044 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3045 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3046 deletion of breakpoints. */
3047 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3050 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3052 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3053 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3054 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3055 insert breakpoints. */
3056 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3057 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3060 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3061 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3068 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3069 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3072 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3075 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3078 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3080 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3081 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3084 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3085 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3086 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3088 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3089 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3091 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3092 there was an error. */
3093 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3095 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3099 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3102 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3103 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3104 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3105 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3106 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3109 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3111 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3112 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3113 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3114 insert breakpoints. */
3115 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3116 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3119 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3120 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3125 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3126 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3127 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3129 int some_failed
= 0;
3130 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3132 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3135 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3138 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3141 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3142 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3149 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3151 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3153 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3154 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3155 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3163 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3164 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3165 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3167 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3168 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3169 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3171 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3172 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3175 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3178 /* Used when the program stops.
3179 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3180 removing a breakpoint location. */
3183 remove_breakpoints (void)
3185 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3188 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3190 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3191 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3196 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3200 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3202 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3204 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3206 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3208 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3210 printf_filtered (_("\
3211 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3212 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3214 /* Hide it from the user. */
3220 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3223 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3225 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3227 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3229 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3231 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3234 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3239 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3248 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3250 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3251 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3253 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3254 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3255 struct inferior
*inf
;
3256 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3258 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3262 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3263 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3265 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3267 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3268 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3270 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3272 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3278 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3281 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3286 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3290 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3292 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3293 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3294 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3295 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3296 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3297 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3299 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3302 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3305 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3306 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3310 static struct breakpoint
*
3311 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3312 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3313 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3315 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3316 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3318 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3321 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3322 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3324 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3325 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3326 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3331 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3333 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3335 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3337 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3340 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3341 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3343 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3344 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3346 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3347 int longjmp_searched
;
3349 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3350 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3352 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3353 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3355 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3356 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3358 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3359 int exception_searched
;
3361 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3362 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3365 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3367 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3368 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3370 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3373 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3375 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3378 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3379 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3381 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3382 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3384 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3386 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3387 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3389 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3390 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3392 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3393 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3395 return bp_objfile_data
;
3399 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3401 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3403 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3404 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3408 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3410 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3411 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3413 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3415 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3416 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3419 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3421 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3424 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3426 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3428 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3429 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3431 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3432 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3435 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3438 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3439 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3441 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3442 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3444 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3446 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3447 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3451 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3452 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3455 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3459 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3461 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3462 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3464 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3466 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3468 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3470 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3472 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3475 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3476 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3478 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3480 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3482 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3486 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3489 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3490 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3492 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3494 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3495 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3496 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3500 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3501 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3504 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3507 struct probe
*probe
;
3508 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3511 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3512 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3516 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3518 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3519 get_probe_address (probe
,
3522 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3523 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3524 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3530 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3533 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3535 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3536 const char *func_name
;
3539 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3542 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3543 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3545 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3547 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3548 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3550 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3551 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3554 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3557 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3558 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3559 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3560 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3561 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3565 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3567 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3570 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3572 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3574 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3575 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3576 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3578 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3580 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3582 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3585 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3587 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3589 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3590 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3592 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3594 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3597 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3599 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3601 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3602 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3603 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3605 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3606 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3609 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3612 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3613 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3614 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3615 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3616 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3617 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3621 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3623 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3626 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3629 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3631 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3632 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3634 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3636 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3637 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3638 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3641 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3643 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3644 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3648 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3652 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3653 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3655 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3657 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3658 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3659 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3663 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3664 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3667 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3669 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3671 struct probe
*probe
;
3674 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3675 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3681 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3682 get_probe_address (probe
,
3684 bp_exception_master
,
3685 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3686 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3687 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3693 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3695 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3698 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3700 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3702 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3704 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3705 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3707 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3711 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3714 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3715 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3717 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3718 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3719 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3720 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3723 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3727 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3730 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3732 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3733 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3734 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3735 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3736 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3737 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3738 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3739 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3740 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3741 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3742 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3744 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3746 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3749 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3750 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3752 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3756 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3757 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3759 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3763 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3764 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3765 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3766 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3767 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3769 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3773 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3774 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3776 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3780 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3782 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3783 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3784 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3786 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3790 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3792 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3793 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3794 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3795 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3799 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3800 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3801 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3802 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3803 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3804 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3806 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3807 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3808 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3809 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3810 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3811 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3812 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3814 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3815 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3816 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3817 let finish_command delete it.
3819 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3820 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3821 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3822 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3823 solib breakpoints.) */
3825 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3830 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3831 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3833 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3835 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3842 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3844 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3846 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3847 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3849 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3850 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3852 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3853 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3854 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3856 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3859 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3860 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3861 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3862 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3863 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3864 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3865 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3869 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3872 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3873 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3875 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3879 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3880 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3881 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3882 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3883 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3886 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3890 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3891 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3893 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3894 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3897 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3898 This should not ever happen. */
3899 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3901 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3902 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3904 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3905 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3906 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3908 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3909 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3910 || bl
->section
== NULL
3911 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3913 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3915 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3916 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3917 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3918 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3919 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3920 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3921 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3922 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3923 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3924 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3925 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3926 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3927 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3928 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3929 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3930 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3931 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3932 they should always be removed. */
3933 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3934 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3935 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3938 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3942 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3943 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3944 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3946 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3947 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3949 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3950 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3951 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3952 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3953 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3955 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3956 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3958 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3959 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3962 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3963 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3964 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3965 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3967 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3968 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3969 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3970 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3971 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3972 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3978 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3983 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3984 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3985 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3986 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3987 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3988 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3989 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3990 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3991 always-inserted mode. */
3993 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3994 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3995 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3996 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4002 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4004 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4006 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4007 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4009 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4010 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4012 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4013 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4014 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4017 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4018 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4021 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4022 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4024 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4028 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4035 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4038 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4040 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4041 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4043 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4044 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4047 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4048 This should not ever happen. */
4049 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4051 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4053 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4055 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4057 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4061 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4064 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4066 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4068 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4069 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4073 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4074 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4076 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4079 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4080 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4081 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4086 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4088 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4089 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4091 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4093 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4095 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4100 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4101 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4102 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4108 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4114 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4116 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4117 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4120 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4122 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4124 case bp_shlib_event
:
4126 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4127 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4128 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4129 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4130 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4132 (gdb) file prog-linux
4133 (gdb) run # native linux target
4136 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4137 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4140 case bp_step_resume
:
4142 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4144 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4148 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4149 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4150 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4152 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4154 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4155 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4156 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4157 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4159 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4160 insert_breakpoints. */
4162 value_free (w
->val
);
4173 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4174 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4175 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4176 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4179 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4180 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4181 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4182 match, not program space. */
4184 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4185 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4186 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4187 permanent breakpoint.
4188 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4189 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4190 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4191 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4192 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4194 enum breakpoint_here
4195 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4197 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4198 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4200 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4202 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4203 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4206 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4207 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4208 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4209 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4211 if (overlay_debugging
4212 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4213 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4214 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4215 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4216 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4218 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4222 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4225 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4228 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4230 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4233 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4234 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4240 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4241 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4242 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4243 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4246 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4249 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4251 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4253 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4254 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4258 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4260 if (overlay_debugging
4261 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4262 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4263 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4271 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4272 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4275 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4277 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4280 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4286 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4287 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4289 static struct bp_location
*
4290 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4293 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4295 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4297 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4301 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4304 if (overlay_debugging
4305 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4306 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4307 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4316 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4320 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4323 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, pc
) != NULL
)
4326 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4327 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4334 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4335 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4337 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4341 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4343 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4344 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4347 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4350 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4351 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4355 /* Check for intersection. */
4356 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4357 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4365 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4366 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4369 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4372 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4373 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4379 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4380 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4383 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4384 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4385 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4388 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4391 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4393 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4394 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4395 it is now time to do so. */
4397 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4398 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4402 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4404 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4405 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4406 it is now time to do so. */
4408 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4409 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4413 if (overlay_debugging
4414 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4415 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4416 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4425 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4429 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4431 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4434 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4438 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4440 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4441 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4442 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4443 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4447 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4448 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4451 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4468 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4469 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4472 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4476 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4481 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4483 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4484 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4485 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4486 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4487 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4489 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4490 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4494 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4504 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4507 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4512 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4514 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4520 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4523 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4525 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4527 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4529 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4531 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4536 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4545 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4546 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4547 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4548 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4550 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4551 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4553 Return 1 otherwise. */
4556 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4558 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4561 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4563 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4564 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4565 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4566 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4567 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4569 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4571 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4575 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4578 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4580 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4583 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4586 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4590 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4592 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4594 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4596 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4602 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4605 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4607 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4609 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4611 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4612 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4613 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4614 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4615 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4619 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4622 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4625 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4627 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4630 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4631 or its equivalent. */
4634 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4636 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4637 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4640 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4641 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4642 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4643 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4645 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4646 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4647 bpstat of the current thread. */
4650 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4653 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4656 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4658 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4661 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4662 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4664 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4666 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4669 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4670 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4672 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4673 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4674 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4676 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4678 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4679 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4680 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4681 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4682 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4683 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4684 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4685 the tree when we're done. */
4686 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4687 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4688 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4689 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4690 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4692 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4698 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4700 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4706 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4707 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4709 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4711 if (target_can_async_p ())
4712 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4713 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4714 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4717 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4718 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4719 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4720 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4721 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4722 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4723 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4724 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4725 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4726 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4727 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4728 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4729 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4734 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4739 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4741 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4743 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4744 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4745 && target_has_execution
4746 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4747 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4748 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4749 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4750 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4751 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4752 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4755 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4758 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4761 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4764 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4767 struct value_print_options opts
;
4768 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4769 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4773 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4774 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4775 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4776 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4779 static enum print_stop_action
4780 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4782 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4785 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4786 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4790 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4791 relevant messages. */
4792 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4795 case print_it_normal
:
4797 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4799 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4800 which has since been deleted. */
4802 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4804 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4805 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4810 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4811 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4816 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4819 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4822 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4824 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4828 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4829 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4830 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4832 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4833 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4834 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4837 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4838 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4839 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4843 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4847 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4848 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4851 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4856 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4857 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4858 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4861 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4866 struct so_list
*iter
;
4868 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4870 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4871 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4874 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4879 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4880 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4881 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4884 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4888 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4889 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4890 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4891 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4892 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4893 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4894 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4897 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4898 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4899 code to print the location. An example is
4900 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4902 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4903 to also print the location part of the message.
4904 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4905 don't require a location appended to the end.
4906 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4907 further info to be printed. */
4909 enum print_stop_action
4910 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4914 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4915 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4916 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4917 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4918 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4920 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4921 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4922 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4923 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4927 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4928 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4929 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4930 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4932 print_solib_event (0);
4933 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4936 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4937 with and nothing was printed. */
4938 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4941 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4942 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4943 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4944 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4945 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4946 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4949 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4951 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4952 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4954 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4958 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4961 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4965 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4967 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4968 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4969 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4970 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4971 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4972 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4973 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4975 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4979 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4980 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4983 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4985 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4987 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4989 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4991 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4992 as not triggered. */
4994 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4996 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4998 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5004 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5006 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5007 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5009 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5011 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5013 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5019 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5020 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5024 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5026 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5027 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5029 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5030 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5032 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5034 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5035 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5037 if (newaddr
== start
)
5039 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5043 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5044 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5048 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5057 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5058 because of check_errors). */
5059 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5060 #define WP_DELETED 1
5061 /* The value has changed. */
5062 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5063 /* The value has not changed. */
5064 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5065 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5068 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5069 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5071 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5074 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5075 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5078 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5080 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5081 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5082 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5083 int within_current_scope
;
5085 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5086 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5087 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5089 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5090 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5091 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5092 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5095 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5096 within_current_scope
= 1;
5099 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5100 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5101 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5103 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5104 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5105 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5106 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5107 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5108 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5109 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5110 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5111 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5112 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5115 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5116 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5118 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5119 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5120 if (within_current_scope
)
5122 struct symbol
*function
;
5124 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5125 if (function
== NULL
5126 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5127 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5128 within_current_scope
= 0;
5131 if (within_current_scope
)
5132 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5133 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5138 if (within_current_scope
)
5140 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5141 time before we return to the command level and call
5142 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5143 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5147 struct value
*new_val
;
5149 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5150 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5151 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5152 a mask watchpoint. */
5153 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5155 mark
= value_mark ();
5156 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5158 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5159 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5161 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5162 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5163 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5164 not what we want. */
5165 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5166 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5168 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5170 release_value (new_val
);
5171 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5173 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5176 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5180 /* Nothing changed. */
5181 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5182 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5187 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5189 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5190 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5191 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5192 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5193 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5194 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5195 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5196 the first value assigned). */
5197 /* We print all the stop information in
5198 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5199 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5200 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5202 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5204 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5205 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5206 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5208 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5209 which its expression is valid.\n");
5211 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5212 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5213 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5219 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5220 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5221 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5224 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5225 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5226 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5228 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5230 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5231 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5233 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5236 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5237 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5240 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5242 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5243 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5245 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5246 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5247 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5248 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5249 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5252 int must_check_value
= 0;
5254 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5255 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5257 must_check_value
= 1;
5258 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5259 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5260 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5262 must_check_value
= 1;
5263 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5264 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5265 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5266 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5267 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5268 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5269 must_check_value
= 1;
5271 if (must_check_value
)
5274 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5276 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5277 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5279 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5283 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5284 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5288 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5291 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5292 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5294 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5296 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5297 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5298 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5299 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5300 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5301 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5302 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5305 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5306 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5309 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5310 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5311 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5312 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5314 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5315 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5316 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5319 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5320 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5321 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5322 changes. This still gives false positives when
5323 the program writes the same value to memory as
5324 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5325 it for a read), but it's much better than
5328 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5330 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5332 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5334 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5335 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5336 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5338 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5339 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5341 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5342 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5344 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5350 if (other_write_watchpoint
5351 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5353 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5354 and the value changed since the last time we
5355 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5357 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5362 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5363 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5364 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5366 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5367 the value hasn't changed. */
5368 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5376 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5377 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5378 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5379 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5380 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5384 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5386 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5387 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5388 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5389 anything for this watchpoint. */
5390 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5396 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5397 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5398 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5399 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5402 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5404 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5405 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5406 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5407 struct expression
*cond
;
5409 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5411 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5412 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5413 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5414 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5415 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5417 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5418 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5419 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5421 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5422 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5428 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5429 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5431 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5432 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5439 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5441 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5443 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5445 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5452 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5454 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5455 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5457 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5458 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5459 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5460 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5462 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5464 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5465 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5469 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5470 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5471 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5472 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5473 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5475 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5476 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5479 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5481 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5482 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5483 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5484 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5485 really matter which instantiation of the function
5486 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5487 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5488 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5489 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5490 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5491 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5492 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5493 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5495 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5497 select_frame (frame
);
5499 within_current_scope
= 0;
5501 if (within_current_scope
)
5503 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5504 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5508 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5509 "in the current scope"));
5510 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5511 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5514 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5515 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5518 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5522 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5526 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5528 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5533 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5534 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5536 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5537 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5540 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5542 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5544 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5545 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5546 several reasons concurrently.)
5548 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5549 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5552 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5553 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5554 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5556 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5557 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5558 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5559 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5560 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5561 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5564 int need_remove_insert
;
5567 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5568 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5569 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5570 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5571 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5572 inferior function calls. */
5576 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5579 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5581 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5582 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5583 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5584 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5585 checked all locations already. */
5586 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5589 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5592 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5595 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5598 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5601 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5602 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5603 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5607 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5608 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5609 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5611 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5613 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5615 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5620 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5622 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5624 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5625 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5628 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5632 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5633 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5634 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5636 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5638 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5640 handle_solib_event ();
5645 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5646 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5647 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5651 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5656 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5657 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5660 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5665 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5667 /* We will stop here. */
5668 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5670 --(b
->enable_count
);
5671 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5672 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5673 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5678 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5679 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5680 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5681 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5684 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5689 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5691 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5692 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5695 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5696 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5697 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5699 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5700 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5701 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5703 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5704 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5706 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5708 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5709 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5712 if (need_remove_insert
)
5713 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5714 else if (removed_any
)
5715 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5721 handle_jit_event (void)
5723 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5724 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5726 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5727 breakpoint_re_set. */
5728 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5730 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5731 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5733 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5735 target_terminal_inferior ();
5738 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5740 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5743 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5745 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5749 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5750 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5751 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5753 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5755 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5756 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5757 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5760 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5762 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5763 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5767 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5774 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5777 case bp_shlib_event
:
5781 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5783 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5786 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5790 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5791 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5795 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5797 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5801 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5802 This requires no further action. */
5806 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5808 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5809 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5811 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5812 case bp_exception_resume
:
5813 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5814 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5816 case bp_step_resume
:
5818 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5821 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5822 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5825 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5827 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5830 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5831 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5834 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5835 case bp_thread_event
:
5836 case bp_overlay_event
:
5837 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5838 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5839 case bp_exception_master
:
5840 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5846 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5848 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5852 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5853 This requires no further action. */
5858 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5861 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5862 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5863 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5864 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5866 case bp_std_terminate
:
5867 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5868 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5869 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5870 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5873 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5874 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5875 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5876 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5878 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5879 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5881 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5882 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5883 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5885 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5886 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5887 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5888 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5893 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5895 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5899 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5900 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5903 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5906 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5907 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5912 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5914 handle_jit_event ();
5917 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5919 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5925 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5926 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5928 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5929 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5937 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5938 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5939 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5942 bpstat_should_step (void)
5944 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5947 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5953 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5955 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5964 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5965 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5966 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5969 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5971 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5972 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5976 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5978 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5980 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5981 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5982 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5987 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5993 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5994 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5996 "host": Host evals condition.
5997 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5998 "target": Target evals condition.
6002 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6004 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6005 char host_evals
= 0;
6006 char target_evals
= 0;
6011 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6014 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6015 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6016 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6018 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6020 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6026 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6027 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6028 else if (target_evals
)
6029 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6031 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6034 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6035 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6038 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6040 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6043 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6044 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6045 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6047 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6048 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6050 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6053 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6056 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6057 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6059 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6060 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6062 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6066 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6068 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6069 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
6070 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6073 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6076 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6077 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6078 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6079 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6080 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6081 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6083 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6084 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6085 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6087 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6088 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6089 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6091 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6095 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6096 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6098 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6100 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6102 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6105 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6107 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6108 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6109 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6111 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6112 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6113 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6114 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6117 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6121 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6123 struct ep_type_description
6128 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6130 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6131 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6132 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6133 {bp_until
, "until"},
6134 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6135 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6136 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6137 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6138 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6139 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6140 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6141 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6142 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6143 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6144 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6145 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6146 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6147 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6148 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6149 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6150 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6151 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6152 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6153 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6154 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6155 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6156 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6157 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6158 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6159 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6160 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6161 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6162 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6165 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6166 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6167 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6168 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6171 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6174 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6175 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6178 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6179 const char *field_name
,
6183 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6184 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6188 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6189 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6190 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6193 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6195 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6201 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6202 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6207 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6209 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6211 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6215 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6218 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6221 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6222 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6224 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6227 struct command_line
*l
;
6228 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6230 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6231 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6232 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6233 struct value_print_options opts
;
6235 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6237 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6238 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6239 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6242 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6243 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6251 if (part_of_multiple
)
6254 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6255 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6260 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6265 if (part_of_multiple
)
6266 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6268 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6272 if (part_of_multiple
)
6273 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6275 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6280 if (part_of_multiple
)
6281 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6283 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6284 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6285 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6289 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6291 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6292 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6293 make sure there's just one location. */
6294 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6295 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6301 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6302 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6306 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6307 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6308 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6310 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6312 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6313 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6314 is relatively readable). */
6315 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6316 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6318 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6323 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6327 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6328 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6330 case bp_exception_resume
:
6331 case bp_step_resume
:
6332 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6333 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6335 case bp_std_terminate
:
6336 case bp_shlib_event
:
6337 case bp_thread_event
:
6338 case bp_overlay_event
:
6339 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6340 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6341 case bp_exception_master
:
6343 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6344 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6347 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6348 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6349 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6352 if (header_of_multiple
)
6353 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6354 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6355 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6357 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6358 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6361 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6362 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6369 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6371 struct inferior
*inf
;
6372 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6377 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6378 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6381 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6382 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6384 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6385 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6386 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6387 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6388 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6389 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6391 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6392 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6395 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6397 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6399 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6400 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6401 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6402 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6404 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6406 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6407 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6411 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6413 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6414 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6416 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6419 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6420 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6422 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6423 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6424 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6427 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6430 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6431 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6433 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6434 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6436 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6437 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6438 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6439 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6440 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6442 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6443 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6444 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6445 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6450 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6452 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6453 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6454 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6455 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6458 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6462 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6463 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6465 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6466 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6468 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6469 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6470 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6471 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6472 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6474 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6478 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6479 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6480 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6484 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6487 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6488 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6489 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6492 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6493 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6494 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6495 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6498 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6499 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6500 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6501 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6502 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6504 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6505 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6506 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6509 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6511 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6513 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6515 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6516 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6517 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6521 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6522 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6524 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6527 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6528 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6529 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6532 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6534 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6536 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6538 annotate_field (10);
6539 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6540 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6541 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6544 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6546 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6548 annotate_field (11);
6550 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6551 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6552 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6556 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6558 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6559 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6564 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6566 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6568 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6570 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6572 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6573 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6578 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6579 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6582 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6583 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6585 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6587 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6588 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6590 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6591 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6592 locations, if any. */
6593 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6595 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6596 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6597 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6600 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6601 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6603 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6604 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6606 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6609 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6611 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6612 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6613 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6614 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6621 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6623 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6624 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6626 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6630 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6631 an address to print. */
6632 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6635 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6636 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6637 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6640 return print_address_bits
;
6643 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6649 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6651 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6652 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6653 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6657 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6659 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6667 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6668 char **error_message
)
6670 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6673 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6675 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6676 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6682 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6683 internal or momentary. */
6686 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6688 return b
->number
> 0;
6691 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6692 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6693 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6694 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6695 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6696 breakpoints listed. */
6699 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6700 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6702 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6703 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6704 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6705 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6706 struct value_print_options opts
;
6707 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6708 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6709 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6711 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6713 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6714 required for address fields. */
6715 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6718 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6719 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6722 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6723 accept. Skip the others. */
6724 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6726 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6728 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6732 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6734 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6736 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6737 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6738 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6740 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6741 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6742 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6744 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6748 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6750 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6751 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6755 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6756 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6759 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6760 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6761 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6763 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6764 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6766 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6767 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6768 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6770 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6771 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6773 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6774 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6776 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6778 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6779 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6780 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6782 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6783 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6785 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6787 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6788 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6789 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6790 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6795 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6796 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6799 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6800 accept. Skip the others. */
6802 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6804 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6806 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6809 else /* all others */
6811 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6815 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6817 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6818 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6821 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6823 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6825 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6829 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6830 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6832 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6833 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6839 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6840 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6843 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6844 there have been breakpoints? */
6845 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6847 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6850 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6851 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6854 default_collect_info (void)
6856 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6858 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6859 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6861 if (!*default_collect
)
6864 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6866 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6867 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6868 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6872 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6874 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6876 default_collect_info ();
6880 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6882 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6883 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6885 if (num_printed
== 0)
6887 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6888 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6890 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6895 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6897 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6899 default_collect_info ();
6903 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6904 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6905 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6907 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6909 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6911 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6912 && bl
->address
== pc
6913 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6919 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6920 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6924 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6925 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6926 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6929 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6932 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6933 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6937 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6938 else /* if (others == ???) */
6939 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6941 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6944 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6945 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6946 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6947 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6948 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6949 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6950 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6951 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6953 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6957 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6959 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6960 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6961 printf_filtered (".\n");
6966 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6967 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6968 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6969 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6971 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6972 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6973 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6974 breakpoint at address zero:
6982 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6984 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6986 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6989 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6990 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6993 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6994 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6996 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6997 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6999 /* Both of them must exist. */
7000 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7001 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7003 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7004 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7005 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7006 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7007 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7008 other watchpoint. */
7010 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7012 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7015 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7017 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7021 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7022 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7023 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7024 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7025 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7026 become hw_access locations later. */
7027 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7028 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7029 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7030 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7033 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7036 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7037 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7039 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7040 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7044 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7045 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7046 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7047 space doesn't really matter. */
7050 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7051 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7054 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7055 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7056 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7059 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7060 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7061 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7062 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7065 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7066 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7069 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7072 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7073 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7077 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7078 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7079 true, otherwise returns false. */
7082 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7083 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7085 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7086 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7087 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7088 different locations. */
7089 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7094 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7095 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7096 represent the same location. */
7099 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7100 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7102 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7104 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7105 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7106 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7108 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7109 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7111 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7114 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7115 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7116 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7118 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7119 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7120 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7121 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7125 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7126 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7128 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7129 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7133 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7134 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7136 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7137 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7139 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7142 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7143 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7144 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7145 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7148 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7149 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7151 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7153 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7156 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7157 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7158 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7159 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7160 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7162 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7163 have their addresses modified. */
7168 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7170 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7171 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7172 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7174 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7175 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7177 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7178 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7180 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7185 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7186 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7188 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7190 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7195 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7196 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7199 switch (owner
->type
)
7205 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7206 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7208 case bp_exception_resume
:
7209 case bp_step_resume
:
7210 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7211 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7213 case bp_std_terminate
:
7214 case bp_shlib_event
:
7215 case bp_thread_event
:
7216 case bp_overlay_event
:
7218 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7219 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7220 case bp_exception_master
:
7221 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7222 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7224 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7225 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7227 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7228 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7229 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7231 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7232 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7233 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7234 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7239 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7240 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7241 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7244 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7250 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7252 static struct bp_location
*
7253 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7255 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7259 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7261 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7265 /* Increment reference count. */
7268 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7273 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7274 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7277 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7279 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7281 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7282 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7286 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7289 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7291 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7293 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7294 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7296 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7298 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7307 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7310 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7311 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7313 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7315 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7317 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7321 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7322 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7323 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7325 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7328 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7330 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7331 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7332 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7333 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7336 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7337 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7339 static struct breakpoint
*
7340 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7342 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7344 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7346 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7347 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7351 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7352 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7356 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7358 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7360 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7361 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7362 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7365 const char *function_name
;
7366 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7368 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7369 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7371 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7373 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7375 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7376 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7377 &loc
->requested_address
))
7379 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7380 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7381 loc
->requested_address
,
7384 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7385 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7387 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7388 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7389 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7390 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7392 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7397 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7401 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7403 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7406 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7408 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7413 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7414 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7415 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7417 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7418 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7419 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7422 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7423 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7424 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7426 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7428 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7430 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7431 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7433 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7434 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7436 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7437 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7440 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7441 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7442 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7443 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7444 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7445 is also returned as the value of this function.
7447 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7448 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7449 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7450 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7451 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7452 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7453 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7456 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7457 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7458 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7460 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7462 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7463 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7468 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7469 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7471 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7473 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7475 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7477 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7478 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7479 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7480 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7481 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7482 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7486 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7487 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7488 initiated the operation. */
7491 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7493 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7494 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7496 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7497 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7498 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7499 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7501 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7502 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7503 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7505 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7506 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7508 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7509 after their removal. */
7510 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7511 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7512 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7515 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7518 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7520 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7522 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7525 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7527 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7528 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7533 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7535 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7537 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7538 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7540 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7541 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7545 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7546 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7547 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7551 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7553 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7556 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7558 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7560 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7561 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7563 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7565 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7567 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7570 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7571 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7572 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7573 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7579 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7580 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7583 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7584 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7588 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7590 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7592 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7593 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7595 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7597 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7598 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7599 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7600 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7603 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7605 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7607 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7608 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7609 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7611 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7616 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7618 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7621 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7623 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7624 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7625 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7630 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7635 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7637 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7638 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7639 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7643 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7644 master breakpoint. */
7646 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7648 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7651 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7652 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7654 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7655 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7659 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7661 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7663 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7666 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7667 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7671 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7673 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7675 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7676 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7678 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7679 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7681 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7683 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7689 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7691 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7694 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7695 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7696 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7699 struct lang_and_radix
7705 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7708 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7710 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7712 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7713 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7714 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7718 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7721 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7723 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7725 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7726 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7727 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7728 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7732 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7734 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7737 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7738 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7739 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7742 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7745 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7747 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7750 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7751 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7752 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7755 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7756 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7757 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7759 static struct breakpoint
*
7760 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7761 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7763 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7765 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7766 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7767 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7772 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7774 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7777 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7780 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7782 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7784 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7786 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7787 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7789 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7795 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7796 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7799 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7801 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7803 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7805 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7806 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7808 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7809 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7810 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7811 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7812 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7813 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7814 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7815 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7816 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7817 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7818 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7819 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7822 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7827 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7828 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7829 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7832 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7834 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7835 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7837 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7838 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7839 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7840 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7841 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7842 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7847 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7848 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7850 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7851 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7852 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7853 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7854 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7855 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7856 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7857 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7858 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7860 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7861 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7862 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7863 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7866 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7867 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7869 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7871 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7872 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7873 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7876 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7881 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7882 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7883 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7886 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7888 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7890 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7893 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7894 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7895 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7896 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7897 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7898 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7899 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7900 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7901 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7902 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7904 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7905 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7910 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7911 int bp_modified
= 0;
7913 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7916 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7918 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7920 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7921 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7924 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7927 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7930 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7931 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7934 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7936 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7937 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7938 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7939 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7940 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7943 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7950 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7954 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7956 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7957 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7958 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7959 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7960 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7962 struct fork_catchpoint
7964 /* The base class. */
7965 struct breakpoint base
;
7967 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7968 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7969 catchpoint has triggered. */
7970 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7973 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7977 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7979 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7982 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7986 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7988 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7991 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7995 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7996 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7997 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7999 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8001 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8004 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8008 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8011 static enum print_stop_action
8012 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8014 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8015 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8016 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8018 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8019 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8020 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8023 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8025 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8026 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8027 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8029 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8030 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8031 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8033 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8036 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8040 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8042 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8043 struct value_print_options opts
;
8044 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8046 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8048 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8049 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8051 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8052 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8054 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8055 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8057 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8058 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8059 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8060 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8063 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8064 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8067 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8071 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8073 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8076 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8080 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8082 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8083 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8086 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8088 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8090 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8094 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8096 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8099 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8103 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8105 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8108 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8112 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8113 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8114 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8116 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8118 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8121 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8125 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8128 static enum print_stop_action
8129 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8131 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8132 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8133 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8135 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8136 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8139 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8140 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8142 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8143 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8144 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8146 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8147 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8148 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8149 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8150 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8153 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8157 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8159 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8160 struct value_print_options opts
;
8161 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8163 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8164 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8165 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8167 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8168 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8170 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8171 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8173 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8174 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8175 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8176 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8180 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8183 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8187 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8189 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8192 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8196 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8198 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8199 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8202 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8204 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8206 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8207 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8208 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8209 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8210 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8212 struct solib_catchpoint
8214 /* The base class. */
8215 struct breakpoint base
;
8217 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8218 unsigned char is_load
;
8220 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8221 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8227 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8229 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8232 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8233 xfree (self
->regex
);
8235 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8239 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8245 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8251 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8252 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8254 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8256 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8257 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8259 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8262 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8264 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8266 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8269 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8272 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8275 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8277 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8286 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8288 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8289 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8294 struct so_list
*iter
;
8297 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8302 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8311 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8316 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8322 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8325 static enum print_stop_action
8326 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8328 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8329 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8331 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8332 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8333 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8335 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8336 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8337 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8338 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8339 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8340 print_solib_event (1);
8341 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8345 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8347 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8348 struct value_print_options opts
;
8349 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8352 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8353 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8354 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8356 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8359 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8366 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8368 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8373 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8375 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8377 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8380 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8381 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8382 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8386 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8388 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8390 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8391 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8395 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8397 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8400 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8401 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8403 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8404 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8407 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8409 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8410 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8411 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8412 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8413 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8414 created in an enabled state. */
8417 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8419 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8420 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8421 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8425 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8427 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8428 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8434 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8437 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8439 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8440 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8442 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8445 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8446 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8447 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8449 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8451 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8452 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8455 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8459 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8460 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8463 const int enabled
= 1;
8465 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8467 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8471 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8472 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8474 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8478 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8479 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8481 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8484 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8485 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8486 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8487 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8488 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8490 struct syscall_catchpoint
8492 /* The base class. */
8493 struct breakpoint base
;
8495 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8496 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8497 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8498 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8499 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8502 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8506 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8508 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8510 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8512 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8515 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8517 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8519 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8520 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8521 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8523 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8524 int any_syscall_count
;
8526 /* Count of each system call. */
8527 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8529 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8530 if any catching is necessary. */
8531 int total_syscalls_count
;
8534 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8535 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8537 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8539 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8540 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8542 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8543 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8550 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8556 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8560 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8562 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8563 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8564 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8565 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8567 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8568 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8569 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8575 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8580 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8582 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8583 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8584 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8586 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8587 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8588 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8590 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8591 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8593 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8594 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8598 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8599 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8600 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8602 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8604 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8607 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8611 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8613 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8614 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8615 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8616 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8618 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8619 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8620 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8626 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8630 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8631 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8633 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8634 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8638 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8639 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8640 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8642 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8644 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8647 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8651 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8652 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8653 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8655 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8656 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8657 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8658 int syscall_number
= 0;
8659 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8660 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8662 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8663 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8666 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8668 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8669 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8674 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8676 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8685 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8688 static enum print_stop_action
8689 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8691 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8692 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8693 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8694 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8695 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8696 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8698 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8701 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8703 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8705 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8707 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8710 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8711 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8713 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8714 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8715 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8716 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8717 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8719 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8721 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8722 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8724 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8726 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8727 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8729 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8731 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8733 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8736 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8740 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8741 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8743 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8744 struct value_print_options opts
;
8745 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8747 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8748 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8749 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8751 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8752 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8755 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8756 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8757 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8759 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8761 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8764 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8767 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8772 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8775 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8777 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8779 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8780 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8784 /* Remove the last comma. */
8785 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8786 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8789 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8790 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8792 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8793 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8796 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8800 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8802 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8804 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8808 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8809 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8811 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8814 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8818 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8821 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8823 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8825 printf_filtered (")");
8828 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8832 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8836 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8838 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8840 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8842 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8847 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8852 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8854 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8856 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8859 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8862 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8864 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8866 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8869 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8871 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8874 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8875 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8876 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8877 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8880 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8881 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8883 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8885 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8888 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8890 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8892 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8893 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8897 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8899 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8900 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8901 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8902 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8905 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8908 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8912 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8913 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8914 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8916 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8918 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8920 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8922 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8925 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8927 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8928 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8929 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8930 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8931 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8933 struct exec_catchpoint
8935 /* The base class. */
8936 struct breakpoint base
;
8938 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8939 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8941 char *exec_pathname
;
8944 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8948 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8950 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8952 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8954 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8958 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8960 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8964 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8966 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8970 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8971 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8972 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8974 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8976 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8979 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8983 static enum print_stop_action
8984 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8986 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8987 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8988 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8990 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8991 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8992 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8994 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8995 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8997 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8998 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8999 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9001 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9002 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
9003 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
9004 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
9006 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9010 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9012 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
9013 struct value_print_options opts
;
9014 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9016 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9018 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
9019 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
9020 is relatively readable). */
9021 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9022 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
9025 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
9027 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
9028 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
9029 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
9032 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9033 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
9037 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9039 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
9042 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
9046 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9048 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
9049 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9052 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
9055 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
9056 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
9058 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
9059 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9061 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
9062 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
9063 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
9065 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
9069 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9072 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9073 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9077 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9078 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9080 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9082 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9089 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9093 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9096 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9098 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9101 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9103 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9105 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9111 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9112 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9113 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9114 types _not_ TYPE. */
9117 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
9118 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
9121 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9123 *other_type_used
= 0;
9128 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9131 if (b
->type
== type
)
9132 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
9133 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
9134 *other_type_used
= 1;
9141 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9143 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9147 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9149 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
9150 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9156 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9158 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9162 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
9164 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9165 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9171 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9173 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
9174 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9178 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9180 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
9181 breakpoint_re_set ();
9185 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9186 at address specified by SAL.
9187 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9190 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9191 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
9193 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9195 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9197 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
9199 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9200 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9201 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9202 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
9204 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9205 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9207 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9208 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9210 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9215 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9216 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9217 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9219 static struct breakpoint
*
9220 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
9222 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9225 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
9227 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
9228 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
9229 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
9231 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
9232 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
9233 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
9234 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
9235 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
9236 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
9237 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
9238 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9239 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
9240 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9241 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9242 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9244 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9245 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9246 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9248 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9252 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9256 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9258 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9262 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
9266 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9269 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9271 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9273 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9274 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9276 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9280 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9283 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9285 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9286 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9288 printf_filtered ("\n");
9292 static struct bp_location
*
9293 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9294 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9296 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9297 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9298 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9300 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9301 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9303 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9304 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9305 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9306 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9307 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9308 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9309 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9312 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9313 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9314 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9315 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9320 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9321 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9322 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9323 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9324 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9325 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9326 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9327 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9328 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9329 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9331 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9332 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9337 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9338 return 0 otherwise. */
9341 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9345 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9346 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9347 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9350 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9352 addr
= loc
->address
;
9353 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9355 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9359 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9361 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9362 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9363 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9364 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9366 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9367 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9369 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9370 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9373 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9378 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9379 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9382 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9384 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9385 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9390 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9392 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9394 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9396 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9398 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9399 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9401 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9402 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9403 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9405 if (!dprintf_function
)
9406 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9408 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9409 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9414 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9418 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9420 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9421 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9424 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9425 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9429 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9430 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9432 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9433 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9435 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9436 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9438 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9439 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9440 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9441 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9442 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9443 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9445 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9449 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9450 current style settings. */
9453 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9454 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9456 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9460 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9461 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9465 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9466 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9467 as condition expression. */
9470 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9471 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9472 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9474 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9475 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9476 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9477 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9478 int display_canonical
)
9482 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9484 int target_resources_ok
;
9486 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9487 target_resources_ok
=
9488 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9490 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9491 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9492 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9493 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9496 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9498 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9500 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9501 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9505 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9507 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9509 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9510 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9515 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9519 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9520 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9521 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9522 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9523 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9525 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9526 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9528 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9530 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9531 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9533 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9535 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9536 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9537 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9541 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9543 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9545 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9546 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9548 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9550 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9552 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9554 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9555 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9557 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9559 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9562 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9563 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9570 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9571 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9575 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9576 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9580 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9582 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9583 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9585 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9588 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9589 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9590 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9592 if (b
->extra_string
)
9593 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9595 error (_("Format string required"));
9597 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9598 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9601 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9603 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9605 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9608 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9613 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9614 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9615 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9617 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9618 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9619 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9620 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9621 int display_canonical
)
9623 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9624 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9626 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9628 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9630 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9634 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9636 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9638 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9640 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9642 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9644 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9646 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9648 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9651 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9652 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9653 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9654 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9655 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9656 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9657 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9658 we take just a single condition string.
9660 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9661 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9662 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9663 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9664 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9667 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9668 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9669 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9670 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9671 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9672 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9673 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9676 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9678 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9679 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9681 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9683 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9684 'break', without arguments. */
9685 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9686 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9688 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9689 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9691 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9692 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9695 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9697 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9698 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9699 canonical
->special_display
);
9700 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9704 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9705 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9706 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9707 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9709 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9710 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9713 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9714 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9716 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9718 if ((*address
) == NULL
9719 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9721 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9723 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9725 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9726 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9729 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9730 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9731 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9733 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9734 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9735 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9736 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9737 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9738 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9740 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9742 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9743 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9744 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9745 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9746 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9748 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9750 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9751 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9752 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9754 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9757 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9761 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9763 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9764 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9765 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9766 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9768 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9769 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9770 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9772 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9773 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9774 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9775 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9776 get_last_displayed_line (),
9777 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9779 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9780 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9785 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9786 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9789 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9793 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9794 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9797 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9798 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9799 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9800 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9801 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9805 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9806 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9809 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9811 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9813 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9815 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9817 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9819 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9820 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9821 associated with SAL. */
9824 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9826 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9829 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9830 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9832 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9836 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9838 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9839 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9841 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9844 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9845 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9846 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9847 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9848 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9849 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9852 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9853 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9856 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9863 const char *end_tok
;
9865 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9866 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9868 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9870 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9872 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9876 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9878 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9880 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9882 struct expression
*expr
;
9884 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9885 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9888 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9890 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9895 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9897 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9898 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9899 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9902 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9907 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9909 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9910 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9911 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9916 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9920 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9924 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9926 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9927 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9929 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9930 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9931 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9932 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9937 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9939 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9941 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9942 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9944 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9945 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9946 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9948 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9949 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9951 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9953 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9955 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9957 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9959 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9960 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9962 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9965 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9971 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9972 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9973 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9974 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9975 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9976 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9977 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9978 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9979 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9980 was created; false otherwise. */
9983 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9984 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9985 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9987 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9989 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9990 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9991 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9994 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9995 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9996 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9997 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9998 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9999 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
10002 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
10004 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
10006 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10008 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
10010 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
10011 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
10014 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10018 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
10024 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
10026 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10029 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
10030 throw_exception (e
);
10032 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
10034 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10035 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10036 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10037 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10038 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
10041 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10042 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10043 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10044 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10046 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
10048 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
10049 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
10050 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
10051 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
10052 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
10054 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
10058 throw_exception (e
);
10062 throw_exception (e
);
10065 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10066 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10068 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10069 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10070 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10071 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10072 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
10074 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10075 are ok for the target. */
10079 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10081 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10082 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
10085 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10086 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
10089 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10091 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10092 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
10095 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10096 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10103 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
10105 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
10107 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10108 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10109 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10110 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10112 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
10113 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
10115 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10117 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
10119 extra_string
= rest
;
10124 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
10126 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10129 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10130 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10132 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10135 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
10136 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
10140 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
10141 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
10142 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
10143 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
10144 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
10148 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10150 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
10152 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
10154 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10156 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
10160 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
10162 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
10164 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
10166 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
10169 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10172 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10173 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10175 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10177 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
10178 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
10179 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10180 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
10181 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10182 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
10183 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
10184 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10186 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
10189 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
10191 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10192 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10193 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
10196 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10198 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
10199 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10200 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10202 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10203 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10208 /* Set a breakpoint.
10209 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10210 condition, and thread.
10211 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10212 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10213 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10216 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
10218 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
10219 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10220 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10222 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
10223 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
10225 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10226 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
10227 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10229 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10231 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10233 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10234 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10235 0 /* Ignore count */,
10236 pending_break_support
,
10244 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10247 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10251 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10253 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10254 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10255 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10258 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10259 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10260 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10261 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10264 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10266 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10267 const struct block
*b
;
10268 struct symbol
*sym
;
10270 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
10273 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10276 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
10277 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
10281 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10282 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10283 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10284 happen in assembly source). */
10286 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10287 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10289 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10291 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10293 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10295 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10302 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10304 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10308 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10310 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10314 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10316 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10320 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10322 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10326 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10328 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10329 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10330 stop at <line>\n"));
10334 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10338 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10340 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10342 char *argptr
= arg
;
10345 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10346 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10347 function/method name. */
10348 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10350 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10355 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10357 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10361 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10363 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10367 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10371 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10375 char *argptr
= arg
;
10378 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10379 it is probably a line number. */
10380 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10382 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10387 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10389 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10393 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10395 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10398 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10399 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10400 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10404 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10406 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10408 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10410 0 /* Ignore count */,
10411 pending_break_support
,
10412 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10420 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10422 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10425 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10426 ranged breakpoints. */
10429 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10430 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10432 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10434 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10435 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10438 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10439 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10442 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10443 ranged breakpoints. */
10446 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10448 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10451 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10452 ranged breakpoints. */
10454 static enum print_stop_action
10455 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10457 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10458 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10459 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10461 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10463 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10464 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10466 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10467 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10468 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10470 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10471 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10473 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10474 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10475 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10477 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10478 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10480 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10483 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10484 ranged breakpoints. */
10487 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10488 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10490 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10491 struct value_print_options opts
;
10492 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10494 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10495 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10497 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10499 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10500 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10501 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10502 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10503 annotate_field (5);
10504 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10508 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10509 ranged breakpoints. */
10512 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10513 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10515 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10516 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10517 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10518 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10522 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10523 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10525 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10526 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10527 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10528 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10529 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10530 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10532 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10535 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10536 ranged breakpoints. */
10539 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10541 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10542 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10545 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10547 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10550 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10551 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10552 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10555 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10556 ranged breakpoints. */
10559 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10561 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10562 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10563 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10566 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10568 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10570 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10571 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10572 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10573 last instruction of the given line. */
10576 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10580 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10581 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10582 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10589 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10591 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10593 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10600 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10603 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10605 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10606 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10607 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10609 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10610 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10611 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10612 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10614 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10615 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10616 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10618 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10619 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10620 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10622 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10623 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10625 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10626 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10627 error(_("No address range specified."));
10629 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10632 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10634 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10637 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10638 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10639 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10641 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10643 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10644 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10645 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10647 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10648 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10649 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10651 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10652 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10654 /* Parse the end location. */
10656 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10659 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10660 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10661 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10662 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10663 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10664 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10665 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10666 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10668 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10670 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10671 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10673 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10674 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10675 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10676 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10678 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10679 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10680 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10682 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10683 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10684 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10686 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10688 /* Length overflowed. */
10689 error (_("Address range too large."));
10690 else if (length
== 1)
10692 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10693 the `hbreak' command. */
10694 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10696 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10701 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10702 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10703 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10704 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10705 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10706 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10707 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10708 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10709 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10711 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10714 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10715 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10718 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10719 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10720 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10724 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10726 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10732 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10733 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10736 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10746 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10747 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10748 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10749 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10750 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10752 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10779 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10782 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10783 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10788 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10789 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10790 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10791 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10792 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10793 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10794 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10796 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10797 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10802 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10804 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10805 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10806 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10807 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10809 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10810 are always constant. */
10812 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10814 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10815 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10816 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10821 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10822 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10823 then it is not a constant. */
10832 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10835 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10837 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10839 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10841 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10842 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10843 value_free (w
->val
);
10845 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10848 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10851 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10853 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10855 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10856 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10858 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10859 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10860 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10861 are loaded and unloaded.
10863 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10864 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10865 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10866 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10867 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10868 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10870 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10871 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10872 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10873 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10875 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10876 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10878 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10879 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10880 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10883 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10886 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10888 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10889 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10891 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10895 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10898 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10900 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10901 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10903 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10908 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10909 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10910 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10912 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10913 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10915 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10916 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10917 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10918 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10919 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10920 (did not match the data address). */
10921 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10922 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10929 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10931 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10933 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10936 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10937 hardware watchpoints. */
10940 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10942 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10943 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10945 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10948 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10949 hardware watchpoints. */
10952 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10954 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10955 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10958 static enum print_stop_action
10959 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10961 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10962 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10963 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10964 enum print_stop_action result
;
10965 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10966 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10968 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10970 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10971 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10973 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10974 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10978 case bp_watchpoint
:
10979 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10980 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10981 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10982 ui_out_field_string
10984 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10986 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10987 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10988 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10989 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10991 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10992 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10994 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10995 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10998 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10999 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11000 ui_out_field_string
11002 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11004 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11005 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
11006 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11007 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
11008 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11009 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11012 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11013 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
11015 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11016 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11017 ui_out_field_string
11019 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11021 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
11023 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
11024 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
11025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
11030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11031 ui_out_field_string
11033 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11034 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11035 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
11037 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11038 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
11039 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11040 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11043 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11046 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11050 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11054 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11056 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11057 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11058 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11062 case bp_watchpoint
:
11063 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
11064 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11066 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11067 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11068 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11070 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11071 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11072 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11074 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11075 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11076 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11079 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11080 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11083 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11084 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11085 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11086 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11089 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11093 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11095 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11099 case bp_watchpoint
:
11100 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11103 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11106 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11107 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11110 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11111 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11114 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
11115 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11118 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11122 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11124 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11125 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11126 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11132 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11134 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11136 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11137 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11140 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11142 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11144 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11145 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11148 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11149 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11152 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11154 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11156 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11157 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11160 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11161 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11164 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11166 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11168 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11171 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11172 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11175 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11180 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11181 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11183 static enum print_stop_action
11184 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11186 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11187 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11189 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11190 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11194 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11195 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11196 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11197 ui_out_field_string
11199 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11202 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11203 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11204 ui_out_field_string
11206 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11209 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11210 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11211 ui_out_field_string
11213 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11216 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11217 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11221 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11222 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11223 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11224 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11226 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11227 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11230 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11231 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11234 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11235 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11237 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11239 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11240 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11242 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11243 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11244 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11247 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11248 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11251 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11253 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11254 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11255 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11259 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11260 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11261 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11263 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11264 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11265 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11267 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11268 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11269 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11272 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11273 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11276 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11277 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11278 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11279 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11282 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11283 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11286 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11288 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11293 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11294 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11296 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11299 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11303 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11304 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11307 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11309 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11312 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11314 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11316 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11319 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11321 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11324 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11325 hw_read: watch read,
11326 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11328 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11329 int just_location
, int internal
)
11331 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11332 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11333 struct expression
*exp
;
11334 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11335 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11336 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11337 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11338 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11339 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11340 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11342 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11343 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11344 enum bptype bp_type
;
11347 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11348 the hardware watchpoint. */
11350 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11351 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11353 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11355 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11356 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11358 const char *value_start
;
11360 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11362 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11363 of the arguments string. */
11364 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11366 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11367 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11370 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11371 This is the value of the parameter. */
11372 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11374 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11376 /* Skip whitespace. */
11377 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11382 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11383 This is the parameter itself. */
11384 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11387 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11389 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11391 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11392 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11393 only in a specific thread. */
11397 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11399 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11400 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11402 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11404 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11405 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11407 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11408 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11409 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11411 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11413 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11414 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11416 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11419 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11421 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11423 mark
= value_mark ();
11424 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11425 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11426 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11429 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11432 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11433 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11440 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11441 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11443 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11444 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11445 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11446 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11447 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11449 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11450 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11452 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11455 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11456 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11460 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11461 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11463 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11466 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11467 mark
= value_mark ();
11468 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11470 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11472 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11473 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11480 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11481 val
= value_addr (result
);
11482 release_value (val
);
11483 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11487 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11490 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11491 else if (ret
== -2)
11492 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11495 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11496 release_value (val
);
11498 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11499 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11501 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11502 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11504 struct expression
*cond
;
11506 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11507 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11508 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11510 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11511 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11512 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11518 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11520 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11522 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11523 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11524 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11525 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11526 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11528 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11531 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11532 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11533 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11534 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11536 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11538 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11539 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11541 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11542 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11544 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11545 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11546 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11547 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11548 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11549 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11550 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11551 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11552 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11556 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11557 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11558 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11559 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11561 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11562 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11563 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11564 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11566 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11568 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11571 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11572 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11574 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11575 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11576 b
->thread
= thread
;
11577 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11578 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11580 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11581 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11584 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11585 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11588 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11589 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11591 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11592 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11595 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11596 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11598 /* The above expression is in C. */
11599 b
->language
= language_c
;
11602 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11606 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11611 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11612 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11617 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11619 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11623 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11624 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11628 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11629 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11632 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11634 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11635 need to act on them together. */
11636 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11637 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11640 if (!just_location
)
11641 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11643 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11645 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11646 that should be inserted. */
11647 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11651 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11652 throw_exception (e
);
11655 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11656 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11659 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11660 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11663 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11665 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11666 struct value
*head
= v
;
11668 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11669 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11672 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11673 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11674 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11675 hardware watchpoint.
11677 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11678 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11679 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11680 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11681 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11682 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11683 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11684 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11685 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11687 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11688 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11689 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11690 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11691 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11693 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11695 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11696 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11697 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11698 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11699 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11700 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11704 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11705 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11706 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11708 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11709 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11710 middle of some value chain. */
11712 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11713 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11715 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11719 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11720 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11721 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11723 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11727 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11731 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11732 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11733 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11734 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11735 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11738 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11739 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11740 return found_memory_cnt
;
11744 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11746 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11749 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11750 calls watch_command_1. */
11753 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11755 int just_location
= 0;
11758 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11759 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11761 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11765 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11769 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11771 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11775 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11777 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11781 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11783 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11787 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11789 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11793 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11795 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11799 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11800 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11802 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11804 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11805 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11809 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11810 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11811 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11814 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11816 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11818 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11819 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11820 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11821 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11825 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11827 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11828 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11829 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11830 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11831 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11832 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11833 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11834 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11835 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11837 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11839 clear_proceed_status (0);
11841 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11844 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11845 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11846 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11847 get_last_displayed_line ());
11849 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11850 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11852 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11853 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11855 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11856 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11859 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11861 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11863 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11866 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11868 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11869 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11870 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11873 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11874 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11875 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11876 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11878 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11881 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11883 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11885 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11886 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11887 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11891 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11893 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11894 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11897 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11901 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11902 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11903 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11904 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11906 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11907 only at the very same frame. */
11908 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11909 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11910 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11912 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11914 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11915 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11916 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11917 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11919 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11921 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11922 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11924 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11925 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11926 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11928 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11929 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11930 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11934 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11937 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11938 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11940 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11941 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11942 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11943 if clause in the arg string. */
11946 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11950 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11953 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11956 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11957 condition string. */
11958 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11959 cond_string
= *arg
;
11961 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11963 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11965 return cond_string
;
11968 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11969 process start/exit, etc. */
11973 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11974 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11979 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11980 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11982 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11983 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11984 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11987 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11988 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11989 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11993 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11995 /* The allowed syntax is:
11997 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11999 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12000 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
12002 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12003 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12005 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
12006 and enable reporting of such events. */
12009 case catch_fork_temporary
:
12010 case catch_fork_permanent
:
12011 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12012 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
12014 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
12015 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
12016 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12017 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
12020 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12026 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12027 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12029 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
12030 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12032 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
12034 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12038 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12040 /* The allowed syntax is:
12042 catch exec if <cond>
12044 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12045 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
12047 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12048 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12050 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
12051 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12052 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
12053 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
12055 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
12059 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12060 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12061 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
12063 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12070 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
12072 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
12074 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
12075 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
12076 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12077 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12078 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12079 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12080 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12081 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12082 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12083 enough for now, though. */
12086 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
12088 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
12089 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
12090 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
12091 b
->language
= language_ada
;
12094 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12095 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12097 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
12099 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
12100 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
12102 while (*arg
!= '\0')
12104 int i
, syscall_number
;
12106 char cur_name
[128];
12109 /* Skip whitespace. */
12110 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12112 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
12113 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
12114 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
12117 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12118 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
12119 if (*endptr
== '\0')
12120 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
12123 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12125 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
12127 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
12128 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12129 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12130 syscall number to be caught. */
12131 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
12134 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12135 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
12138 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
12142 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12145 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12146 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12151 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12153 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12154 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
12155 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12156 this architecture yet."));
12158 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12160 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12162 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12163 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12164 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12165 for his/her architecture. */
12166 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
12168 /* The allowed syntax is:
12170 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12172 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12175 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
12179 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
12180 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
12184 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12186 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12191 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12193 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12196 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12199 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
12201 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
12202 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
12203 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
12204 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
12206 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
12208 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
12211 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12215 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12218 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12221 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12223 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12224 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12227 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12228 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12230 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12234 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12235 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12236 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12237 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12242 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
12243 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
12244 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12245 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12247 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12248 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12249 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12250 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12251 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12252 error (_("No source file specified."));
12254 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12260 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12261 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12262 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12263 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12265 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12266 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12267 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12268 due to optimization, all in one block.
12270 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12271 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12272 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12273 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12274 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12275 to support that. */
12277 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12278 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12279 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12283 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12284 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12286 const char *sal_fullname
;
12288 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12289 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12290 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12293 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12298 1 0 <can't happen> */
12300 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12301 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12302 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12304 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12305 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12308 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12309 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12311 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12312 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12314 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12315 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12316 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12318 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12319 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12320 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12321 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12322 int line_match
= 0;
12324 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12325 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12326 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12327 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12328 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12329 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12330 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12333 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12342 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12346 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12347 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12350 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12352 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12355 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12356 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12357 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12358 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12359 compare_breakpoints
);
12360 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12361 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12365 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12370 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12371 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12374 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12375 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12377 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12380 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12383 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12384 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12387 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12389 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12392 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12393 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12394 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12397 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12399 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12401 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12402 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12403 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12405 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12407 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12409 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12410 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12414 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12415 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12416 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12417 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12418 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12419 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12422 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12424 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12425 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12426 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12427 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12428 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12430 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12431 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12433 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12434 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12437 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12438 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12439 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12441 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12442 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12443 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12445 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12446 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12447 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12449 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12450 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12451 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12453 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12456 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12457 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12458 content of the bp_location array. */
12461 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12463 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12465 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12466 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12468 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12470 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12472 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12475 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12476 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12478 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12479 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12480 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12481 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12483 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12485 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12486 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12487 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12488 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12492 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12495 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12497 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12498 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12500 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12503 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12505 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12507 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12508 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12509 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12511 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12512 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12513 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12516 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12518 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12519 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12520 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12521 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12524 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12526 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12529 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12531 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12532 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12533 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12534 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12537 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12540 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12543 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12545 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12546 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12547 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12548 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12550 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12551 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12552 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12553 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12554 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12556 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12557 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12558 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12559 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12560 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12561 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12562 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12563 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12566 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12567 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12568 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12572 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12574 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12575 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12576 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12579 address
= bl
->address
;
12580 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12582 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12583 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12584 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12586 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12587 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12590 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12591 the same program space as the location
12592 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12593 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12594 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12598 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12599 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12602 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12603 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12604 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12605 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12606 that have already been marked. */
12607 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12609 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12611 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12613 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12614 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12618 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12619 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12620 locations are duplicate of which.
12622 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12623 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12627 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12629 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12630 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12631 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12632 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12633 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12634 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12635 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12637 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12638 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12639 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12640 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12641 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12643 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12644 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12645 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12646 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12648 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12649 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12650 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12651 unsigned old_location_count
;
12653 old_location
= bp_location
;
12654 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12655 bp_location
= NULL
;
12656 bp_location_count
= 0;
12657 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12659 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12660 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12661 bp_location_count
++;
12663 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12664 locp
= bp_location
;
12665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12666 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12668 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12669 bp_location_compare
);
12671 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12673 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12674 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12675 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12676 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12677 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12680 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12681 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12683 locp
= bp_location
;
12684 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12687 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12688 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12690 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12691 not, we have to free it. */
12692 int found_object
= 0;
12693 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12694 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12697 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12698 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12699 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12700 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12704 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12705 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12708 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12709 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12710 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12712 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12713 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12714 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12716 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12717 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12720 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12724 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12725 have to go through updates again. */
12726 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12728 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12730 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12732 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12733 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12734 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12735 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12736 at certain location is not inserted. */
12738 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12740 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12743 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12745 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12746 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12747 keep_in_target
= 1;
12751 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12752 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12753 remove its target-side condition. */
12755 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12756 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12757 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12758 this one from the target. */
12760 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12761 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12764 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12765 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12768 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12770 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12772 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12773 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12774 supported, but the latter are. */
12775 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12777 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12778 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12781 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12782 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12784 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12785 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12787 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12788 keep_in_target
= 1;
12796 if (!keep_in_target
)
12798 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12800 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12801 this location on the global list, and try to
12802 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12803 reason why we will succeed next time.
12805 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12806 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12807 only after calling us. */
12808 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12809 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12810 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12818 if (removed
&& non_stop
12819 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12820 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12822 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12823 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12824 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12825 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12826 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12827 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12828 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12829 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12830 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12831 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12832 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12833 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12834 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12835 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12838 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12839 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12841 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12842 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12843 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12844 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12845 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12846 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12847 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12848 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12849 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12850 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12851 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12852 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12853 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12856 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12857 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12858 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12859 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12861 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12862 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12863 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12864 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12865 traps we can no longer explain. */
12867 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12868 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12870 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12874 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12875 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12880 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12881 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12882 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12883 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12884 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12885 are sorted first for the same address.
12887 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12888 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12890 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12891 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12892 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12893 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12894 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12896 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12898 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12901 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12902 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12903 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12904 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12905 `struct bp_location'. */
12906 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12908 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12909 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12913 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12914 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12915 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12916 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12917 "actually inserted"));
12919 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12920 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12921 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12922 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12923 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12924 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12926 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12928 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12929 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12930 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12932 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12933 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12935 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12937 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12938 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12939 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12945 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12946 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12947 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12949 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12950 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12952 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12953 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12955 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12956 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12957 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12958 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12959 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12962 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12964 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12965 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12968 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12969 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12970 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12971 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12972 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12974 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12978 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12979 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12981 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12985 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12987 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12990 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12991 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12993 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12994 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
13000 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
13002 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13004 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13005 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
13008 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
13011 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13015 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
13016 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
13018 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
13019 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
13020 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13024 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13026 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
13028 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
13030 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
13034 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13038 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13040 struct value_print_options opts
;
13042 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
13044 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13046 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
13048 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
13052 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
13054 printf_filtered (" at ");
13055 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
13058 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
13060 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13062 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
13063 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13064 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
13065 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13067 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13068 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13069 real situation somewhat. */
13070 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
13075 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
13077 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13079 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
13084 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13087 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
13089 xfree (self
->cond
);
13090 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
13091 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
13092 xfree (self
->function_name
);
13094 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
13095 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
13098 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
13103 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13107 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13109 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
13110 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
13111 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
13112 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
13113 xfree (self
->filter
);
13114 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
13117 static struct bp_location
*
13118 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13120 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13122 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
13123 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
13128 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13130 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13133 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13134 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13137 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13139 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13143 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13145 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13149 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13150 struct address_space
*aspace
,
13152 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13154 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13158 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13163 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13167 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
13169 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13172 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13176 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13178 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13181 static enum print_stop_action
13182 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13184 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13188 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13189 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13195 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13197 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13201 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13203 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13207 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13208 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13209 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13213 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13217 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13218 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13220 char *extra_string
,
13221 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13222 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13224 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13225 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13226 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13227 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13229 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13233 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13234 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13236 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13239 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13242 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13247 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13250 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13252 /* Nothing to do. */
13255 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13257 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13258 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13259 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13260 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13261 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13262 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13263 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13264 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13265 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13266 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13268 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13269 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13270 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13271 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13272 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13273 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13274 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13275 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13278 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13281 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13283 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13284 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13286 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13287 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13291 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13294 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13295 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13299 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info
*dest
,
13300 const struct bp_target_info
*src
)
13302 dest
->shadow_len
= src
->shadow_len
;
13303 memcpy (dest
->shadow_contents
, src
->shadow_contents
, src
->shadow_len
);
13304 dest
->placed_size
= src
->placed_size
;
13308 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13310 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13311 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13315 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= &bl
->target_info
;
13319 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13320 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13321 sss_slot
= find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
13322 bp_tgt
->placed_address
);
13325 struct bp_target_info
*sss_bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[sss_slot
];
13327 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt
, sss_bp_tgt
);
13331 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
13336 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13338 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13339 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13342 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= &bl
->target_info
;
13343 struct address_space
*aspace
= bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
;
13344 CORE_ADDR address
= bp_tgt
->placed_address
;
13346 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13347 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13348 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13349 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, address
))
13352 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
13357 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13358 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13359 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13361 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13362 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13365 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13369 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13370 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13371 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13378 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13379 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13380 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13382 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13383 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13385 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13386 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13387 be set at the same address. */
13391 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13395 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13397 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13402 static enum print_stop_action
13403 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13405 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13406 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13408 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13410 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13412 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13413 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13415 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13416 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13417 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13420 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13422 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13424 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13425 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13427 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13428 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13429 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13431 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13432 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13434 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13438 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13440 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13445 case bp_breakpoint
:
13446 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13447 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13448 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13450 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13451 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13452 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13453 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13455 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13456 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13459 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13467 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13469 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13471 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13472 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13473 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13474 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13475 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13476 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13477 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13479 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13480 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13482 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13483 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13487 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13488 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13489 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13490 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13492 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13493 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13497 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13498 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13500 char *extra_string
,
13501 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13502 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13504 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13505 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13506 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13507 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13509 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13510 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13512 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13513 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13514 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13518 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13519 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13521 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13524 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13527 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13531 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13532 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13533 case bp_overlay_event
:
13534 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13535 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13536 case bp_exception_master
:
13537 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13540 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13541 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13542 case bp_shlib_event
:
13544 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13545 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13546 case bp_thread_event
:
13552 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13554 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13556 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13557 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13558 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13559 objects (among other things). */
13560 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13561 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13567 static enum print_stop_action
13568 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13570 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13572 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13576 case bp_shlib_event
:
13577 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13578 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13579 to shlib event" message.) */
13580 print_solib_event (0);
13583 case bp_thread_event
:
13584 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13585 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13586 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13589 case bp_overlay_event
:
13590 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13591 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13594 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13595 /* These should never be enabled. */
13596 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13599 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13600 /* These should never be enabled. */
13601 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13602 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13605 case bp_exception_master
:
13606 /* These should never be enabled. */
13607 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13608 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13612 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13616 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13618 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13621 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13624 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13626 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13627 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13628 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13629 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13633 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13635 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13638 static enum print_stop_action
13639 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13641 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13643 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13645 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13650 ui_out_field_string
13652 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13656 ui_out_field_string
13658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13663 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13667 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13669 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13672 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13674 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13675 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13678 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13680 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13683 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13685 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13688 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13691 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13693 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13697 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13699 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13708 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13710 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13711 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13715 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13719 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13720 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13721 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13722 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13724 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13726 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13728 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13729 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13731 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13735 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13736 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13738 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13740 error (_("probe not found"));
13743 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13746 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13748 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13752 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13753 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13754 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13756 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13762 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13763 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13765 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13766 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13768 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13770 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13771 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13772 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13773 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13778 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13780 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13785 case bp_tracepoint
:
13786 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13787 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13789 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13790 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13791 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13793 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13794 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13795 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13798 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13799 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13806 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13808 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13810 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13812 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13814 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13817 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13818 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13821 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13823 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13824 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13828 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13829 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13830 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13831 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13833 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13834 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13838 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13839 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13841 char *extra_string
,
13842 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13843 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13845 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13846 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13847 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13848 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13850 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13851 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13853 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13854 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13855 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13859 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13860 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13862 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13865 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13867 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13871 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13872 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13873 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13874 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13876 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13877 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13878 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13882 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13883 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13885 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13886 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13889 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13891 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13894 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13896 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13898 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13899 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13900 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13901 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13903 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13904 error (_("Format string required"));
13906 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13907 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13908 3 - disconnect from target 1
13909 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13911 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13912 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13913 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13914 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13915 it all the time. */
13916 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13917 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13920 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13923 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13927 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13930 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13933 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13934 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13935 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13936 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13937 address are all handled. */
13940 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13942 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13943 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13944 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13946 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13947 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13948 condition not be evaluated. */
13951 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13952 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13953 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13954 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13955 commands here throws. */
13956 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13957 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13958 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13960 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13962 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13963 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13965 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13968 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13972 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13973 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13974 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13975 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13977 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13979 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13981 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13983 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13984 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13985 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13989 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13990 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13992 char *extra_string
,
13993 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13994 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13996 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13997 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13998 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13999 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14002 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
14003 canonical
->sals
, 0);
14005 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
14006 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
14007 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
14008 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
14009 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
14010 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
14012 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14014 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
14015 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14016 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14019 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
14020 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
14022 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
14023 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
14025 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
14026 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
14028 cond_string
, extra_string
,
14029 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14030 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
14031 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
14032 canonical
->special_display
);
14033 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
14034 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
14035 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
14036 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
14037 try to match up which of the newly found markers
14038 corresponds to this one */
14039 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
14041 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
14043 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
14048 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14049 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14051 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14053 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
14054 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
14056 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
14060 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14063 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14066 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14068 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14071 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14075 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14077 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14079 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
14081 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14082 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14085 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14086 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14087 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14088 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14089 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14092 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14093 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14094 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14095 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14097 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
14100 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14101 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14102 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
14104 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14105 struct watchpoint
*w
;
14107 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14108 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14109 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14110 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14114 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
14116 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14117 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
14118 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
14119 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14120 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
14123 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14124 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14125 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14126 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14128 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
14130 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
14131 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
14133 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14134 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
14136 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
14140 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14142 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14143 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14144 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14145 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14146 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14147 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14148 commands won't work. */
14150 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
14152 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14153 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14154 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14155 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14156 might be better design to have location completely
14157 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14158 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14160 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
14161 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14162 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14163 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
14168 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
14170 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14174 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14176 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
14179 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14180 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14183 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14184 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14188 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14193 struct breakpoint
*next
;
14195 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14196 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
14198 if (next
== related
)
14200 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14201 function (related
, data
);
14203 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14204 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14209 function (related
, data
);
14213 while (related
!= b
);
14217 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14219 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14222 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14223 delete_breakpoint. */
14226 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14228 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14232 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14234 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14240 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14242 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14243 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14244 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14245 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14246 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14248 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14252 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14254 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14256 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14257 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14258 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14262 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14266 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14268 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14269 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14270 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14275 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14276 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14277 Null names are ignored. */
14280 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14282 struct bp_location
*l
;
14283 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14284 (int (*) (const void *,
14285 const void *)) streq
,
14286 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14288 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14291 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14293 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14297 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14299 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14303 htab_delete (htab
);
14309 htab_delete (htab
);
14313 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14314 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14315 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14316 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14317 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14318 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14319 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14320 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14323 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14324 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14325 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14326 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14327 in the sources, and output a warning.
14329 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14330 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14331 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14332 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14333 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14336 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14337 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14338 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14339 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14340 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14341 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14342 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14343 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14344 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14346 static struct symtab_and_line
14347 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14349 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14350 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14355 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14357 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14359 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14360 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14362 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14364 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14365 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14366 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14371 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14373 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14375 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14376 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14378 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14381 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14383 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14385 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14386 struct symbol
*sym
;
14387 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14388 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14390 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14392 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14393 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14395 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14396 "found at previous line number"),
14397 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14401 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14403 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14404 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14405 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14408 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14409 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14410 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14412 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14413 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14414 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14416 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14418 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14420 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14423 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14424 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14426 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14427 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14429 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14430 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14431 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14432 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14434 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14437 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14443 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14444 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14447 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14451 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14454 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14457 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14464 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14470 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14471 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14472 a ranged breakpoint. */
14475 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14476 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14477 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14480 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14482 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14484 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14486 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14487 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14488 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14489 "multiple locations found\n"),
14494 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14495 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14496 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14497 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14498 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14499 individual locations. */
14500 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14505 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14507 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14509 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14511 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14513 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14515 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14518 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14520 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14521 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14523 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14524 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14529 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14530 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14531 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14532 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14536 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14538 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14540 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14544 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14545 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14546 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14548 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14551 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14552 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14553 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14554 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14555 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14556 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14557 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14559 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14561 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14563 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14564 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14566 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14567 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14575 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14576 if (l
->function_name
14577 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14587 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14590 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14593 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14594 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14596 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14597 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14600 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14601 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14603 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14606 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14608 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14612 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14613 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14614 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14615 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14616 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14617 state, then user already saw the message about that
14618 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14620 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14621 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14622 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14623 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14624 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14625 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14627 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14629 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14630 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14631 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14632 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14633 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14634 which approach is better. */
14635 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14636 throw_exception (e
);
14640 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14644 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14645 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14646 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14648 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14651 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14652 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14655 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14656 b
->thread
= thread
;
14659 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14660 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14663 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14664 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14674 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14675 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14679 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14682 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14683 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14684 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14686 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14689 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14693 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14695 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14698 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14699 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14703 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14706 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14707 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14710 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14711 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14712 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14713 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14715 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14718 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14719 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14723 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14724 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14726 char *extra_string
,
14727 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14728 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14730 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14731 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14732 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14733 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14735 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14737 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14738 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14739 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14742 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14743 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14746 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14747 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14749 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14751 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14752 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14753 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14754 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14757 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14758 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14760 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14762 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14764 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14765 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14766 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14768 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14771 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14774 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14776 static struct cleanup
*
14777 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14779 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14781 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14782 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14783 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14784 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14785 set_language (b
->language
);
14790 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14791 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14792 Unused in this case. */
14795 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14797 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14798 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14799 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14801 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14802 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14803 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14807 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14809 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14811 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14812 enum language save_language
;
14813 int save_input_radix
;
14814 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14816 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14817 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14818 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14820 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14822 /* Format possible error msg. */
14823 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14825 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14826 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14827 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14829 set_language (save_language
);
14830 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14832 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14834 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14836 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14837 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14838 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14839 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14842 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14844 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14845 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14847 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14849 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14851 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14852 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14854 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14855 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14856 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14858 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14862 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14863 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14864 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14867 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14869 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14875 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14877 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14879 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14880 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14885 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14889 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14890 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14892 else if (count
== 1)
14893 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14896 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14897 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14900 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14904 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14907 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14910 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14916 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14918 num
= get_number (&p
);
14920 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14922 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14924 set_ignore_count (num
,
14925 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14928 printf_filtered ("\n");
14931 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14932 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14935 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14940 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14942 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14945 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14947 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14949 while (!state
.finished
)
14951 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14955 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14958 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14963 if (b
->number
== num
)
14966 function (b
, data
);
14970 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14975 static struct bp_location
*
14976 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14978 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14982 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14983 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14988 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14990 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14992 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14993 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14998 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14999 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
15002 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
15004 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
15008 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
15011 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
15017 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
15018 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
15019 which ends with a period (no newline). */
15022 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15024 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
15025 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
15026 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
15027 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
15030 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
15031 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
15034 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
15036 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15037 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15039 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15040 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15042 struct bp_location
*location
;
15044 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15045 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
15048 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15050 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15053 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
15056 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15058 disable_breakpoint (b
);
15061 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15062 disable_breakpoint. */
15065 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15067 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15071 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15075 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15078 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15079 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15083 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15087 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15089 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15096 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15098 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15099 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15100 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15101 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
15103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15106 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15107 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15113 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
15116 int target_resources_ok
;
15118 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
15121 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15122 target_resources_ok
=
15123 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
15125 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
15126 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15127 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
15128 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15131 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
15133 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15134 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
15135 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
15137 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15139 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
15141 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
15142 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15143 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
15147 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
15148 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15154 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
15155 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15157 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15159 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15160 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15162 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15163 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15165 struct bp_location
*location
;
15167 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15168 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
15171 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
15172 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
15173 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15175 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15180 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15182 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
15186 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15188 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15191 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15192 enable_breakpoint. */
15195 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15197 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15200 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15201 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15202 in stopping the inferior. */
15205 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15209 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15212 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15213 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15217 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15221 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15223 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15230 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15232 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15233 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15234 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15235 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15237 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15240 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15241 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15246 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15256 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15258 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15260 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15264 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15266 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15268 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15272 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15274 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15278 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15280 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15282 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15286 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15288 int count
= get_number (&args
);
15290 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15294 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15296 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15298 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15302 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15304 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15308 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15313 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15317 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15318 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15322 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15323 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15324 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15326 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15328 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15329 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15330 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15332 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15334 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15336 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15338 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15339 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15340 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15341 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15343 value_free (wp
->val
);
15351 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15352 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15353 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15354 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15358 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15359 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
15361 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
15362 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15364 bp_tgt
= XCNEW (struct bp_target_info
);
15366 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
15367 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
15369 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15370 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15371 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15372 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15373 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15374 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15375 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15377 bl
= find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, pc
);
15379 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
)
15380 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
))
15382 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt
, &bl
->target_info
);
15386 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
15388 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15396 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15397 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15400 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
15402 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
15403 struct address_space
*aspace
= bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
;
15404 CORE_ADDR address
= bp_tgt
->placed_address
;
15405 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15408 bl
= find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, address
);
15410 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15411 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15412 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15414 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
15415 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
)
15416 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
))
15418 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15419 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15420 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15421 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15422 ret
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
15432 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15435 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15436 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15441 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
15443 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
15444 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
15448 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
15449 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
15450 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
15453 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15454 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15455 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15456 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15457 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15458 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15460 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
15461 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
15462 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15463 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
15466 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15467 were inserted or not. */
15470 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15472 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
15473 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
15476 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15479 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15481 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
15483 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15485 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
15486 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
15487 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
15488 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
15490 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
15492 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
15493 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
15494 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
15495 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
15499 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15500 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15501 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15505 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15509 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15510 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15512 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15513 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15514 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15518 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15522 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15526 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15527 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15528 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15529 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15532 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15533 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15536 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15541 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15543 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15545 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15546 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15554 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15558 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15561 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace
, pc
) >= 0;
15564 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15565 non-zero otherwise. */
15567 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15569 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15570 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15571 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15578 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15580 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15581 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15583 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15587 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15589 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15592 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15594 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15596 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15600 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15602 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15612 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15613 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15614 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15615 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15617 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15618 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15619 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15625 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15627 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15629 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15631 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15632 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15636 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15638 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15639 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15641 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15642 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15644 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15646 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15648 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15650 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15651 0 /* Ignore count */,
15652 pending_break_support
,
15656 0 /* internal */, 0);
15660 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15662 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15664 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15666 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15667 0 /* Ignore count */,
15668 pending_break_support
,
15669 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15672 0 /* internal */, 0);
15675 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15678 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15680 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15682 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15683 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15684 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15685 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15687 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15689 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15691 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15693 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15694 0 /* Ignore count */,
15695 pending_break_support
,
15699 0 /* internal */, 0);
15702 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15703 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15705 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15706 static int next_cmd
;
15709 read_uploaded_action (void)
15713 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15720 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15721 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15722 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15723 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15724 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15726 struct tracepoint
*
15727 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15729 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15730 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15732 if (utp
->at_string
)
15733 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15736 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15737 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15738 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15740 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15741 "source location, using raw address"),
15743 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15744 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15747 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15748 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15749 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15750 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15753 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15755 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15756 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15758 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15759 0 /* Ignore count */,
15760 pending_break_support
,
15761 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15763 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15765 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15768 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15769 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15770 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15774 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15777 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15780 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15781 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15782 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15784 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15786 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15791 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15793 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15795 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15796 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15797 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15798 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15801 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15802 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15803 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15808 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15812 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15814 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15817 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15819 if (num_printed
== 0)
15821 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15822 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15824 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15827 default_collect_info ();
15830 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15831 Not supported by all targets. */
15833 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15835 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15838 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15839 Not supported by all targets. */
15841 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15843 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15846 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15848 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15850 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15856 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15858 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15859 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15860 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15862 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15863 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15865 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15869 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15871 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15873 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15874 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15875 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15879 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15882 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15885 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15887 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15888 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15890 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15891 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15894 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15896 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15897 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15898 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15901 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15903 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15904 unsigned int count
;
15906 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15907 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15908 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15910 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15912 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15913 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15915 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15917 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15919 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15921 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15923 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15924 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15927 else if (*args
== '\0')
15929 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15931 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15935 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15937 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15938 while (!state
.finished
)
15940 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15942 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15947 struct tracepoint
*
15948 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15950 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15952 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15953 if (t
->number
== num
)
15954 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15959 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15960 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15963 struct tracepoint
*
15964 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15966 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15968 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15970 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15972 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15979 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15980 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15981 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15982 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15984 struct tracepoint
*
15985 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15986 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15988 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15990 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15994 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15995 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15997 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15998 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
16000 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
16004 if (instring
&& *instring
)
16005 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
16008 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
16012 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
16013 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
16015 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
16018 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
16023 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
16025 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
16026 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
16029 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
16031 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
16034 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
16035 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
16036 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
16040 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
16041 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
16043 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
16045 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
16046 struct ui_file
*fp
;
16047 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
16049 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
16050 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
16052 /* See if we have anything to save. */
16053 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
16055 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16056 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
16059 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16060 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
16065 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
16067 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
16069 /* We can stop searching. */
16076 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
16080 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
16081 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
16082 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
16084 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
16085 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
16086 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
16088 if (extra_trace_bits
)
16089 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
16091 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
16093 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16094 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
16097 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16098 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
16101 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
16103 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
16104 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
16107 if (tp
->cond_string
)
16108 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
16110 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
16111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
16113 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
16115 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
16117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
16119 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
16120 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
16122 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
16124 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
16127 throw_exception (ex
);
16129 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
16132 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
16133 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
16135 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
16136 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
16137 special, and not user visible. */
16138 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
16140 struct bp_location
*loc
;
16143 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
16145 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
16149 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
16150 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
16153 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
16154 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
16157 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
16160 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
16162 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
16165 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16168 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
16170 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
16173 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16175 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
16176 all_tracepoints (void)
16178 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
16179 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
16181 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
16183 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
16190 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16191 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16192 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16194 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16195 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16196 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16197 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16198 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16199 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16200 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16201 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16202 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16203 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16204 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16206 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16207 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16209 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16210 conditions are different.\n\
16212 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16214 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16215 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
16217 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16218 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
16221 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
16222 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
16223 completer_ftype
*completer
,
16224 void *user_data_catch
,
16225 void *user_data_tcatch
)
16227 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
16229 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16231 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16232 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
16233 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16235 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16237 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16238 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
16239 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16243 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
16245 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
16246 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
16248 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
16249 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
16250 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
16254 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
16256 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16257 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16258 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
16261 struct breakpoint
*
16262 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
16265 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
16267 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
16269 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
16276 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16277 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16280 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
16282 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16283 non-inline function. */
16284 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
16290 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16291 have been inlined. */
16294 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
16295 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
16297 struct breakpoint
*b
;
16298 struct bp_location
*bl
;
16300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
16302 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
16305 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
16307 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
16308 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
16316 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16319 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
16321 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
16323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
16324 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
16325 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
16329 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16331 static int initialized
= 0;
16333 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
16339 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16340 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16341 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16342 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16343 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16344 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16345 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16346 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16347 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16348 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16349 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16350 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16353 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16354 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16355 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16356 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16357 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16358 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16359 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16361 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16362 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16363 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16364 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16365 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16366 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16367 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16368 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16369 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16370 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16372 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16373 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16374 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16375 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16376 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16377 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16378 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16380 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16381 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16382 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16383 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16384 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16385 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16386 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16388 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16389 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16390 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16391 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16393 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16394 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16395 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16396 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16397 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16398 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16399 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16402 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16403 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16404 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16405 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16406 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16407 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16408 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16409 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16410 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16411 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16412 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16413 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16414 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16415 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16417 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16418 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16419 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16420 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16421 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16422 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16423 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16424 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16425 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16426 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16427 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16430 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16431 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16432 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16433 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16434 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16435 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16436 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16437 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16438 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16439 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16441 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16442 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16443 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16444 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16445 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16447 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16448 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16449 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16450 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16451 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16452 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16454 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16455 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16456 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16457 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16458 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16459 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16460 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16461 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16462 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16463 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16465 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16466 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16467 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16468 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16469 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16470 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16471 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16472 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16473 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16474 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16476 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16477 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16478 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16479 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16480 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16481 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16482 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16483 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16484 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16485 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16486 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16488 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16489 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16490 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16491 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16492 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16493 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16494 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16495 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16496 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16497 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16498 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16500 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16501 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16502 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16503 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16504 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16505 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16506 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16507 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16508 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16509 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16510 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16511 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16513 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16514 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16515 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16516 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16517 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16518 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16519 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16520 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16521 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16524 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16526 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16529 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16531 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16533 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16535 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16536 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16537 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16538 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16540 breakpoint_objfile_key
16541 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16543 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16544 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16545 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16547 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16548 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16549 before a breakpoint is set. */
16550 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16552 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16554 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16555 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16556 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16558 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16560 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16561 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16562 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16563 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16564 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16565 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16566 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16567 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16569 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16570 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16571 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16572 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16573 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16575 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16576 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16577 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16578 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16579 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16581 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16582 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16584 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16585 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16586 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16587 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16589 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16590 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16592 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16593 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16594 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16595 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16597 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16598 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16600 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16601 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16602 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16603 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16604 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16605 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16606 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16608 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16609 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16610 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16611 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16612 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16613 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16615 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16617 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16618 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16619 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16620 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16621 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16622 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16624 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16625 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16626 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16629 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16630 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16631 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16634 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16635 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16636 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16637 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16640 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16641 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16642 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16645 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16646 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16647 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16650 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16651 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16652 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16653 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16656 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16657 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16658 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16659 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16660 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16661 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16662 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16663 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16665 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16666 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16667 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16668 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16669 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16671 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16672 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16673 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16674 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16675 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16676 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16679 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16680 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16681 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16682 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16684 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16685 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16686 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16687 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16688 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16690 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16691 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16692 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16693 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16695 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16696 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16697 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16698 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16699 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16702 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16703 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16704 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16705 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16706 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16707 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16709 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16710 is executing in.\n\
16712 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16713 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16715 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16716 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16717 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16718 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16720 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16721 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16722 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16723 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16726 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16730 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16731 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16732 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16733 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16734 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16735 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16736 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16737 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16738 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16739 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16740 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16741 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16742 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16743 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16744 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16745 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16747 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16748 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16749 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16750 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16751 breakpoint set."));
16754 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16755 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16756 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16757 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16758 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16759 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16760 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16761 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16762 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16764 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16765 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16766 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16767 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16768 breakpoint set."));
16770 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16773 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16774 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16775 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16776 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16777 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16778 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16779 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16780 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16781 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16783 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16784 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16785 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16786 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16787 breakpoint set."));
16789 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16790 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16791 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16792 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16793 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16794 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16795 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16796 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16797 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16798 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16799 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16800 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16801 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16803 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16804 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16805 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16806 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16808 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16810 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16811 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16812 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16813 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16815 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16816 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16817 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16818 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16820 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16821 catch_fork_command_1
,
16823 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16824 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16825 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16826 catch_fork_command_1
,
16828 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16829 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16830 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16831 catch_exec_command_1
,
16835 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16836 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16837 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16838 catch_load_command_1
,
16842 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16843 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16844 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16845 catch_unload_command_1
,
16849 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16850 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16851 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16852 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16853 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16854 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16855 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16856 catch_syscall_completer
,
16860 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16861 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16862 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16863 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16864 an expression changes.\n\
16865 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16866 the memory to which it refers."));
16867 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16869 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16870 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16871 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16872 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16873 an expression is read.\n\
16874 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16875 the memory to which it refers."));
16876 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16878 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16879 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16880 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16881 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16882 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16883 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16884 the memory to which it refers."));
16885 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16887 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16888 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16890 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16891 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16892 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16893 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16894 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16895 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16896 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16897 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16898 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16901 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16902 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16904 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16906 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16908 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16909 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16911 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16912 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16913 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16915 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16916 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16917 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16918 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16920 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16921 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16923 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16924 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16925 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16927 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16928 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16930 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16931 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16932 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16933 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16934 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16935 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16936 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16937 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16938 the selected stack frame.\n\
16939 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16940 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16941 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16942 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16944 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16946 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16947 conditions are different.\n\
16949 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16950 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16951 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16953 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16954 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16955 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16956 last tracepoint set."));
16958 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16960 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16961 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16962 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16963 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16965 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16967 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16968 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16969 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16970 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16972 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16974 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16975 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16976 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16977 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16979 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16981 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16982 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16983 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16984 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16985 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16987 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16988 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16989 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16990 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16992 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16993 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16994 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16995 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16996 session to restore them."),
16998 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
17000 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
17001 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
17002 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
17004 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
17006 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
17007 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
17009 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
17010 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17011 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17012 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17013 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
17014 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
17015 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
17016 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17017 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17018 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17019 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
17020 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
17022 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
17023 &pending_break_support
, _("\
17024 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17025 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17026 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
17027 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
17028 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
17029 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
17031 show_pending_break_support
,
17032 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17033 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17035 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
17037 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
17038 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
17039 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17040 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17041 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
17042 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
17043 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
17045 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
17046 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17047 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17049 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
17050 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
17051 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17052 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17053 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
17054 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
17055 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
17056 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
17057 when execution stops."),
17059 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
17060 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17061 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17063 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
17064 condition_evaluation_enums
,
17065 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
17066 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17067 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17068 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
17069 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
17070 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
17071 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
17072 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
17073 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
17074 be set to \"gdb\""),
17075 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
17076 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
17077 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17078 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17080 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
17081 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
17082 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
17083 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
17084 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
17085 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
17086 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
17087 or the start of the range\n\
17088 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
17089 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
17090 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
17092 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
17093 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
17094 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
17096 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
17097 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
17098 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
17099 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
17100 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
17101 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
17102 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
17104 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
17105 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
17106 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17107 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17108 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
17109 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
17110 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
17111 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
17112 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
17113 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
17114 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17115 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17117 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
17118 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
17119 &dprintf_function
, _("\
17120 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17121 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
17122 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17123 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17125 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
17126 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
17127 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
17128 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17129 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
17130 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17131 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17133 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
17134 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
17135 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17136 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17137 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
17138 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
17141 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17143 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
17144 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
17145 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
17147 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
17149 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
17150 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);